AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

DA 40-180
Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES INC.

1560 CRUMLIN SIDEROAD, LONDON, ONTARIO
CANADA, N5V 1S2

All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced or copied

in any form or by any means without written permission
of DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES INC.

Copyright © 2023 by DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES INC., London, Ontario

Current issue: 18-Sep-2023

REV 10
 DA 40 AFM

This manual contains the maintenance information

required by AWM Chapter 523. Contents and revision
status can be found in the TABLE OF CONTENTS and
the RECORD OF REVISIONS.

DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES INC.

1560 CRUMLIN SIDEROAD
London, Ontario, Canada, N5V 1S2

http://www.diamondaircraft.com/

For more information contact:

DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES INC.

Technical Publications
+1-519-457-4000 Ext. 3204
techpubs@diamondaircraft.com

Current issue: 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
Andreas Hartono
A/ Chief Flight Test
for Director,
National Aircraft Certification
TRANSPORT CANADA

September 19, 2023

 Introduction DA 40 AFM

FOREWORD

% We congratulate you on the acquisition of your new DIAMOND DA 40.

Skillful operation of an airplane increases both safety and the enjoyment of flying. Please take
% the time therefore, to familiarize yourself with your new DIAMOND DA 40.

This airplane may only be operated in accordance with the procedures and operating limitations
of this Airplane Flight Manual.

% Before this airplane is operated for the first time, pilots must familiarize themselves with the
complete contents of this Airplane Flight Manual.

% In the event that you have obtained your DIAMOND DA 40 second-hand, please let us know
your address, so that we can supply you with the publications necessary for the safe operation
of your airplane.

This document is protected by copyright. All associated rights, in particular those of translation,
reprinting, radio transmission, reproduction by photo-mechanical or similar means and storing
in data processing facilities, in whole or part, are reserved.

% Copyright © by: DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES INC.

% 1560 Crumlin Sideroad
% London, Ontario, Canada, N5V 1S2
% Phone : +1-519-457-4000
% E-Mail : Techpubs@diamondaircraft.com

Page 0-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

0.1 APPROVAL

% The content of approved chapters is approved by the Department of Transport.

0.2 RECORD OF REVISIONS

All revisions of this manual, with the exception of -

• Temporary Revisions,
• updates of the modification level (Section 1.1),
• updated mass and balance information (Section 6.3),
• updates of the Equipment Inventory (Section 6.5), and
• updates of the List of Supplements (Section 9.2)

must be recorded in the following table.

The new or amended text is indicated by a vertical black line at the left hand side of the revised
page, with the revision number and date appearing at the bottom of the page.

NOTE
If pages are revised which contain information valid for your
particular serial number (modification level of the airplane, weighing
data, Equipment Inventory, List of Supplements), then this
information must be transferred to the new pages in hand-writing.

Temporary Revisions, if applicable, are inserted into this manual. Temporary Revisions are used
% to provide information on systems or equipment until the next “permanent” revision of the Airplane
% Flight Manual. When a “permanent” revision covers a Mandatory, or Optional Design Change
Advisory (MÄM or OÄM), then the corresponding Temporary Revision is superseded. For
% example: Revision 5 covers OÄM 40-061, therefore the Temporary Revision TR-OÄM 40-061
% is superseded by the “permanent” Revision 5.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-3

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

Rev. Chap- Date of Date of Date

Reason Page(s) Approval Signature
No. ter Revision Approval Inserted
% 26-Sep- Approved by 09-Oct-
% 1 Corrections All All
% 2000 Ing. Andreas 2000
0 0-2, 0-4 thru 0-7
1 1-16
OÄM 40-060 (White 2-1, 2-7 thru 2-8, 2-13 thru
Wire optional) 2
2-19
3-7, 3-8, 3-19, 3-20, 3-25,
% OÄM 40-058 3
3-26
Approved by
(Essential Bus) 19-Dec- Ing. Andreas 25-Jan-
2 4A-3 thru 4A-8,
4A 2000 Winkler for 2001
4A-14, 4A-15
OÄM 40-073 (LASAR ACG
optional) 4B 4B-4 thru 4B-6
6-1, 6-2, 6-12 thru
6
% Corrections 6-14
7-1, 7-8, 7-14, 7-28 thru 7-
7
38
0 0-2 thru 0-7
1 1-2
OÄM 40-064 (Night 2-1, 2-8, 2-9, 2-12
2
VFR) 2-15 thru 2-20

% 3 3-1, 3-25 thru 3-27 Approved by

OÄM 40-069 (control
4A1, 4A-8 thru 05-Feb- Ing. Andreas
3 surf. gust lock) 4A 02-Jul-2001
4A-31 2001 Winkler for
% 5 5-7, 5-14, 5-16 ACG
OÄM 40-070 (tow bar)
6-7, 6-9, 6-12 thru
6
% Corrections 6-14
7 7-32, 7-35, 7-36
8 8-1 thru 8-9

Page 0-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

Rev. Chap- Date of Date of Date

Reason Page(s) Approval Signature
No. ter Revision Approval Inserted
% Approved by
OÄM 40-067 (IFR)
Ing. Andreas
% 4 All All 04-Apr-2001 02-Jul-2001
Winkler for
% Corrections
% ACG
OÄM 40-061 (KAP
0 0-1 thru 0-8
140 autopilot)

OÄM 40-073 1 1-2, 1-5, 1-14

(SlickSTART)
2 2-1, 2-16, 2-22, 2-23, 2-24
OÄM 40-081 (door
lock) 3-13, 3-18, 3-22,
3
3-23, 3-24, 3-31, 3-36
OÄM 40-085 (KX
% 4A
4A-9, 4A-10, 4A-22, 4A-23, Approved by
155A as COM 1)
4A-26 09-Sep- Ing. Andreas 09-Sep-
5
2001 Winkler for 2001
OÄMs 40-092 thru 40-
% 4B 4B-1, 4B-8
ACG
094 (Mikrotechna
ASI, altimeter, VSI)
6 6-5, 6-8 thru 6-17

MÄM 40–039/a (VM

1000) 7 7-13, 7-14, 7-33, 7-35

MÄM 40-048 (RH 8 8-10

emerg. window)

9 9-3, 9-4, 9-5

% Corrections

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-5

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

ACG
Rev. Chap- Date of EASA Date
Reason Page(s) Compli- Signature
No. ter Revision Approval No. Inserted
ance
% Ing.
% Type certification in 15-Sep- Andreas
6 0 0-0, 0-5, 0-6 2004-12326
China 2004 Winkler for
% ACG
MÄM-40-
-047, -069, -075,
-078, -096, -099,
-123e, -133,
-141, -174, -175;

OÄM-40-
-063/b, -071/c,
-077, -078, -080,
-083/a, -090,
-091, -097, -098,
-103, -104, -105, Revision No. 7 of
% 11-Aug-
-106, -111, -112, the AFM Doc. No.
2006 Dipl.-
-114, -115, -117, 6.01.01-E is
Ing. (FH)
% 7 -117/a, -119, All All except cover page 15-Jul-2006 approved under
Manfred
-120, -121, -122, the authority of
Reichel for
-124, -127, -128, DOA No.
% DAI
-138, -140, -154, EASA.21J.052
-165, -167, -168,
-179, -181, -183,
-185, -186, -190,
-198, -200, -206,
-237, -250/a;

RÄM-40-014;

% Corrections

% Double-sided layout

Page 0-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

ACG
Rev. Chap- Date of EASA Date
Reason Page(s) Compli- Signature
No. ter Revision Approval No. Inserted
ance
MÄM-40-
-176, -227/a,
-313, -344,
-360/a, -378,
-401, -415, -428,
Revision No. 8 of
-446;
the AFM Doc. No.
6.01.01-E is
% OÄM-40- 01-Dec-
% 8 All All except cover page approved under
% -217, -251, 2010
the authority of
-253/b, -258,
DOA No.
-267, -277/a,
EASA.21J.052
-279, -283/a,
-284, -289, -326,
-327;

% Corrections
0 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, Revision No. 9 of
MÄM-40- 1 0-11, 0-12, 0-13, 1-3, the AFM Doc. No.
% -580, -617; 2 1-7, 2-22, 2-25, 3-29, 6.01.01-E is
% 31-Jan-
9 3 4A-11, 4A-12, 4A-22 approved under
% 2014
OÄM-40- 4A thru 4A-24, 4A-34, the authority of
-252, -362, -369, -371 6 4A-35, 6-17 thru 6-34 , DOA No.
7 7-1, 7-2, 7-25 thru 7-58 EASA.21J.052

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-7

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

% Rev. Chap- Date of Date of Date

% Reason Page(s) Approval Note Signature
% No. ter Revision Approval Inserted
% MÄM DAIC-0042
%
% MÄM 40-
% -766, -816, 1008,
% -1020, -1087;
%
% OÄM 40-
% -375, -401, -1030, 18-Sep-
% 10 All All
% -1034; 2023
%
% TR-17-01, change in
% type design
% responsibility from
% ACG to TCCA;
%
% Corrections

Page 0-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

0.3 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 0 0-1 18-Sep-2023 % 1 1-1 18-Sep-2023

% 0-2 18-Sep-2023 % 1-2 18-Sep-2023

% 0-3 18-Sep-2023 % 1-3 18-Sep-2023

% 0-4 18-Sep-2023 % 1-4 18-Sep-2023

% 0-5 18-Sep-2023 % 1-5 18-Sep-2023

% 0-6 18-Sep-2023 % 1-6 18-Sep-2023

% 0-7 18-Sep-2023 % 1-7 18-Sep-2023

% 0-8 18-Sep-2023 % 1-8 18-Sep-2023

% 0-9 18-Sep-2023 % 1-9 18-Sep-2023

% 0-10 18-Sep-2023 % 1-10 18-Sep-2023

% 0-11 18-Sep-2023 % 1-11 18-Sep-2023

% 0-12 18-Sep-2023 % 1-12 18-Sep-2023

% 0-13 18-Sep-2023 % 1-13 18-Sep-2023

% 0-14 18-Sep-2023 % 1-14 18-Sep-2023

% 0-15 18-Sep-2023 % 1-15 18-Sep-2023

% 0-16 18-Sep-2023 % 1-16 18-Sep-2023

% 1-17 18-Sep-2023

% 1-18 18-Sep-2023

% 1-19 18-Sep-2023

% 1-20 18-Sep-2023

% 1-21 18-Sep-2023

% 1-22 18-Sep-2023

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-9

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 2 2-1 18-Sep-2023 % 3 3-1 18-Sep-2023

% 2-2 18-Sep-2023 % 3-2 18-Sep-2023

% 2-3 18-Sep-2023 % 3-3 18-Sep-2023

% 2-4 18-Sep-2023 % 3-4 18-Sep-2023

% 2-5 18-Sep-2023 % 3-5 18-Sep-2023

% 2-6 18-Sep-2023 % 3-6 18-Sep-2023

% 2-7 18-Sep-2023 % 3-7 18-Sep-2023

% 2-8 18-Sep-2023 % 3-8 18-Sep-2023

% 2-9 18-Sep-2023 % 3-9 18-Sep-2023

% 2-10 18-Sep-2023 % 3-10 18-Sep-2023

% 2-11 18-Sep-2023 % 3-11 18-Sep-2023

% 2-12 18-Sep-2023 % 3-12 18-Sep-2023

% 2-13 18-Sep-2023 % 3-13 18-Sep-2023

% 2-14 18-Sep-2023 % 3-14 18-Sep-2023

% 2-15 18-Sep-2023 % 3-15 18-Sep-2023

% 2-16 18-Sep-2023 % 3-16 18-Sep-2023

% 2-17 18-Sep-2023 % 3-17 18-Sep-2023

% 2-18 18-Sep-2023 % 3-18 18-Sep-2023

% 2-19 18-Sep-2023 % 3-19 18-Sep-2023

% 2-20 18-Sep-2023 % 3-20 18-Sep-2023

% 2-21 18-Sep-2023 % 3-21 18-Sep-2023

% 2-22 18-Sep-2023 % 3-22 18-Sep-2023

% 2-23 18-Sep-2023 % 3-23 18-Sep-2023

% 2-24 18-Sep-2023 % 3-24 18-Sep-2023

% 2-25 18-Sep-2023 % 3-25 18-Sep-2023

% 2-26 18-Sep-2023 % 3-26 18-Sep-2023

% 2-27 18-Sep-2023 % 3-27 18-Sep-2023

% 2-28 18-Sep-2023 % 3-28 18-Sep-2023

% 3-29 18-Sep-2023

% 3-30 18-Sep-2023

Page 0-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 4A 4A-1 18-Sep-2023 % 4A 4A-31 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-2 18-Sep-2023 % 4A-32 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-3 18-Sep-2023 % 4A-33 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-4 18-Sep-2023 % 4A-34 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-5 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-6 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-7 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-8 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-9 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-10 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-11 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-12 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-13 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-14 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-15 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-16 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-17 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-18 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-19 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-20 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-21 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-22 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-23 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-24 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-25 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-26 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-27 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-28 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-29 18-Sep-2023

% 4A-30 18-Sep-2023

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-11

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 4B 4B-1 18-Sep-2023 % 5 5-1 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-2 18-Sep-2023 % 5-2 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-3 18-Sep-2023 % 5-3 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-4 18-Sep-2023 % 5-4 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-5 18-Sep-2023 % 5-5 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-6 18-Sep-2023 % 5-6 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-7 18-Sep-2023 % 5-7 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-8 18-Sep-2023 % 5-8 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-9 18-Sep-2023 % 5-9 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-10 18-Sep-2023 % 5-10 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-11 18-Sep-2023 % 5-11 18-Sep-2023

% 4B-12 18-Sep-2023 % 5-12 18-Sep-2023

% 5-13 18-Sep-2023

% 5-14 18-Sep-2023

% 5-15 18-Sep-2023

% 5-16 18-Sep-2023

% 5-17 18-Sep-2023

% 5-18 18-Sep-2023

% 5-19 18-Sep-2023

% 5-20 18-Sep-2023

% 5-21 18-Sep-2023

% 5-22 18-Sep-2023

% 5-23 18-Sep-2023

% 5-24 18-Sep-2023

% 5-25 18-Sep-2023

% 5-26 18-Sep-2023

Page 0-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 6 6-1 18-Sep-2023 % 6 6-31 18-Sep-2023

% 6-2 18-Sep-2023 % 6-32 18-Sep-2023

% 6-3 18-Sep-2023 % 6-33 18-Sep-2023

% 6-4 18-Sep-2023 % 6-34 18-Sep-2023

% 6-5 18-Sep-2023

% 6-6 18-Sep-2023

% 6-7 18-Sep-2023

% 6-8 18-Sep-2023

% 6-9 18-Sep-2023

% 6-10 18-Sep-2023

% 6-11 18-Sep-2023

% 6-12 18-Sep-2023

% 6-13 18-Sep-2023

% 6-14 18-Sep-2023

% 6-15 18-Sep-2023

% 6-16 18-Sep-2023

% 6-17 18-Sep-2023

% 6-18 18-Sep-2023

% 6-19 18-Sep-2023

% 6-20 18-Sep-2023

% 6-21 18-Sep-2023

% 6-22 18-Sep-2023

% 6-23 18-Sep-2023

% 6-24 18-Sep-2023

% 6-25 18-Sep-2023

% 6-26 18-Sep-2023

% 6-27 18-Sep-2023

% 6-28 18-Sep-2023

% 6-29 18-Sep-2023

% 6-30 18-Sep-2023

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-13

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 7 7-1 18-Sep-2023 % 7 7-31 18-Sep-2023

% 7-2 18-Sep-2023 % 7-32 18-Sep-2023

% 7-3 18-Sep-2023 % 7-33 18-Sep-2023

% 7-4 18-Sep-2023 % 7-34 18-Sep-2023

% 7-5 18-Sep-2023 % 7-35 18-Sep-2023

% 7-6 18-Sep-2023 % 7-36 18-Sep-2023

% 7-7 18-Sep-2023 % 7-37 18-Sep-2023

% 7-8 18-Sep-2023 % 7-38 18-Sep-2023

% 7-9 18-Sep-2023 % 7-39 18-Sep-2023

% 7-10 18-Sep-2023 % 7-40 18-Sep-2023

% 7-11 18-Sep-2023 % 7-41 18-Sep-2023

% 7-12 18-Sep-2023 % 7-42 18-Sep-2023

% 7-13 18-Sep-2023 % 7-43 18-Sep-2023

% 7-14 18-Sep-2023 % 7-44 18-Sep-2023

% 7-15 18-Sep-2023 % 7-45 18-Sep-2023

% 7-16 18-Sep-2023 % 7-46 18-Sep-2023

% 7-17 18-Sep-2023 % 7-47 18-Sep-2023

% 7-18 18-Sep-2023 % 7-48 18-Sep-2023

% 7-19 18-Sep-2023

% 7-20 18-Sep-2023

% 7-21 18-Sep-2023

% 7-22 18-Sep-2023

% 7-23 18-Sep-2023

% 7-24 18-Sep-2023

% 7-25 18-Sep-2023

% 7-26 18-Sep-2023

% 7-27 18-Sep-2023

% 7-28 18-Sep-2023

% 7-29 18-Sep-2023

% 7-30 18-Sep-2023

Page 0-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Introduction

% Ch. Page Date % Ch. Page Date

% 8 8-1 18-Sep-2023 % 9 9-1 18-Sep-2023

% 8-2 18-Sep-2023 % 9-2 18-Sep-2023

% 8-3 18-Sep-2023 % 9-3 18-Sep-2023

% 8-4 18-Sep-2023 % 9-4 18-Sep-2023

% 8-5 18-Sep-2023 % 9-5 18-Sep-2023

% 8-6 18-Sep-2023 % 9-6 18-Sep-2023

% 8-7 18-Sep-2023

% 8-8 18-Sep-2023

% 8-9 18-Sep-2023

% 8-10 18-Sep-2023

% 8-11 18-Sep-2023

% 8-12 18-Sep-2023

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 0-15

Revision 10
 Introduction DA 40 AFM

0.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter

% GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
(a non-approved chapter)

% OPERATING LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(an approved chapter)

% EMERGENCY PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(a non-approved chapter)

% NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A

(a non-approved chapter)

% ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B

(a non-approved chapter)

% PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(a non-approved chapter)

% MASS AND BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

(a non-approved chapter)

% DESCRIPTION OF THE AIRPLANE AND ITS SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

(a non-approved chapter)

% AIRPLANE HANDLING, CARE AND MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

(a non-approved chapter)

SUPPLEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Page 0-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
Page

% 1.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.2 CERTIFICATION BASIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.3 WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.4 DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
% 1.4.1 OVERALL DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
% 1.4.2 WING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
% 1.4.3 AILERON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
% 1.4.4 WING FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
% 1.4.5 HORIZONTAL TAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
% 1.4.6 VERTICAL TAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
% 1.4.7 LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
% 1.5 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
% 1.5.1 AIRSPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
% 1.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
% 1.5.3 FLIGHT PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
% 1.5.4 MASS AND BALANCE (M&B, W&B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
% 1.5.5 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
% 1.5.6 DESIGNATION OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
% ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL
% 1.5.7 EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
% 1.5.8 DESIGN CHANGE ADVISORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
% 1.5.9 MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
% 1.6 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
% 1.6.1 CONVERSION FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
% 1.6.2 CONVERSION CHART LITERS/US GALLONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
% 1.7 THREE-VIEW DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-1

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

% 1.8 SOURCE DOCUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

% 1.8.1 ENGINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
% 1.8.2 PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
% 1.8.3 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
% 1.8.4 IGNITION CONTROL UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Page 1-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

1.1 INTRODUCTION

This Airplane Flight Manual has been prepared in order to provide pilots and instructors with
all the information required for the safe and efficient operation of the airplane.

The Airplane Flight Manual includes all the data which must be made available to the pilot
% according to the AWM 523 requirement. Beyond this, it contains further data and operating
instructions which, in the manufacturer’s opinion, could be of value to the pilot.

This Airplane Flight Manual is valid for all serial numbers. Equipment and modification level
(design details) of the airplane may vary from serial number to serial number. Therefore, some
of the information contained in this manual is applicable depending on the respective equipment
and modification level. The exact equipment of your serial number is recorded in the Equipment
Inventory in Section 6.5. The modification level is recorded in the following table (as far as
necessary for this manual).

Modification Source Installed

RH Emergency Window MÄM 40-048 9 yes 9 no

Modified MLG Strut MÄM 40-123/e 9 yes 9 no
1200 kg Maximum Take-Off Mass MÄM 40-227 9 yes 9 no
% Garmin G1000 NXi MÄM 40-1008 9 yes 9 no
% USB Ports MÄM 40-1051 9 yes 9 no
Autopilot OÄM 40-061 9 yes 9 no
Tow-Plane Operation OÄM 40-063/b 9 yes 9 no
Emergency Switch OÄM 40-067 9 yes 9 no

Essential Bus OÄM 40-068 9 yes 9 no

Long Range Tank OÄM 40-071/b 9 yes 9 no

Alternate Static Valve OÄM 40-072 9 yes 9 no

SlickSTART Ignition System OÄM 40-073 9 yes 9 no
MT P-420-10 Governor OÄM 40-077 9 yes 9 no

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-3

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

Modification Source Installed

Operation with Winter Kit OÄM 40-078 9 yes 9 no
Door Locking System OÄM 40-081 9 yes 9 no
NLG Speedkit OÄM 40-105 9 yes 9 no
MLG Speedkit OÄM 40-106 9 yes 9 no
Essential Tie Relay Bypass OÄM 40-126 9 yes 9 no
Baggage Extension OÄM 40-163 9 yes 9 no
Baggage Tray* OÄM 40-164 9 yes 9 no
Winter Baffle Fresh Air Inlet OÄM 40-183 9 yes 9 no
Nose Landing Gear Tie-Down OÄM 40-200 9 yes 9 no
Electrical Rudder Pedal Adjustment OÄM 40-251 9 yes 9 no
Front Seats with Adjustable Backrest OÄM 40-252 9 yes 9 no
CO Monitor OÄM 40-253 9 yes 9 no
Autopilot Static Source OÄM 40-267 9 yes 9 no
Tall Main Landing Gear OÄM 40-283 9 yes 9 no
% ELT Artex ME 406 “ACE” OÄM 40-284 9 yes 9 no
MT P-860-23 Governor OÄM 40-289 9 yes 9 no
Emergency Axe OÄM 40-326 9 yes 9 no
% Front seats with adjustable backrest - Hydrolok OÄM 40-375 9 yes 9 no
% Emergency Egress Hammer OÄM 40-401 9 yes 9 no
% GTX 345R OÄM 40-1003 9 yes 9 no
% MD302 Standby Attitude Module OÄM 40-1025 9 yes 9 no

% * For installation of the Baggage Tray the Baggage Extension must be installed.

This Airplane Flight Manual must be kept on board the airplane at all times. Its designated place
is the side bag of the forward left seat.

Page 1-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

% This Airplane Flight Manual constitutes an FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual for U.S.
registered airplanes in accordance with FAA regulation 14 CFR, Part 21.29.

CAUTION
The DA 40 is a single engine airplane. When the operating
limitations and maintenance requirements are complied with, it has
the high degree of reliability which is required by the certification
basis. Nevertheless, an engine failure is not completely impossible.
For this reason, flights during the night, on top, under instrument
meteorological conditions (IMC), or above terrain which is unsuitable
for a landing, constitute a risk. It is therefore highly recommended
to select flight times and flight routes such that this risk is minimized.

1.2 CERTIFICATION BASIS

% This airplane has been type certified in accordance with the procedures established by TCCA.
% The certification basis is the Canadian Airworthiness Manual (AWM) Chapter 523, Type
% Certificate No. A-224.

% Category of Airworthiness: NORMAL, UTILITY

1.3 WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES

Special statements in the Airplane Flight Manual concerning the safety or operation of the
airplane are highlighted by being prefixed by one of the following terms:

WARNING
means that the non-observation of the corresponding procedure
leads to an immediate or important degradation in flight safety.

CAUTION
means that the non-observation of the corresponding procedure
leads to a minor or to a more or less long term degradation in flight
safety.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-5

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

NOTE
draws the attention to any special item not directly related to safety
but which is important or unusual.

1.4 DIMENSIONS

% 1.4.1 OVERALL DIMENSIONS

Span : appr. 11.94 m appr. 39 ft 2 in

Length : appr. 8.01 m appr. 26 ft 3 in
Height : appr. 1.97 m appr. 6 ft 6 in

% 1.4.2 WING

Airfoil : Wortmann FX 63-137/20 - W4

% Wing Area : appr. 13.54 m² appr. 145.7 sq. ft.
% Mean aerodynamic : appr. 1.121 m appr. 3 ft 8.1 in
chord (MAC)
Aspect ratio : appr. 10.53
Dihedral : appr. 5°
Leading edge sweep : appr. 1°

% 1.4.3 AILERON

% Area (total, left + right) : appr. 0.654 m² appr. 7.0 sq. ft.

% 1.4.4 WING FLAPS

% Area (total, left + right) : appr. 1.56 m² appr. 16.8 sq. ft.

% 1.4.5 HORIZONTAL TAIL

% Area : appr. 2.34 m 2 appr. 25.2 sq. ft.

% Elevator area : appr. 0.665 m² appr. 7.2 sq. ft.
Angle of incidence : appr. -3.0° relative to longitudinal axis of airplane

Page 1-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

% 1.4.6 VERTICAL TAIL

% Area : appr. 1.60 m² appr. 17.2 sq. ft.

% Rudder area : appr. 0.47 m² appr. 5.1 sq. ft.

% 1.4.7 LANDING GEAR

Track : appr. 2.97 m appr. 9 ft 9 in

Wheelbase : appr. 1.68 m appr. 5 ft 6 in
Nose wheel : 5.00-5; 6 PR, 120 mph
Main wheel : (a) 6.00-6; 6 PR, 120 mph in combination with
any MLG strut
(b) 6.00-6; 8 PR, 120 mph in combination with
any MLG strut
(c) 15 x 6.0-6; 6 PR, 160 mph (OÄM 40-124;
only in combination with the “thin”/“18 mm”
[MÄM 40-123] or the “tall” [OÄM 40-283]
MLG strut)

1.5 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

% 1.5.1 AIRSPEEDS

CAS: Calibrated Airspeed. Indicated airspeed, corrected for installation and

instrument errors. CAS equals TAS at standard atmospheric conditions at
MSL.

IAS: Indicated Airspeed as shown on an airspeed indicator.

KCAS: CAS in knots.

KIAS: IAS in knots.

TAS: True Airspeed. The speed of the airplane relative to the air. TAS is CAS
corrected for errors due to altitude and temperature.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-7

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

vA: Maneuvering Speed. Full or abrupt control surface movement is not

permissible above this speed.

vFE: Max. Flaps Extended Speed. This speed must not be exceeded with the
given flap setting.

vNE: Never Exceed Speed in smooth air. This speed must not be exceeded in
any operation.

% vNO: Maximum Structural Cruising Speed. This speed may be exceeded only in
smooth air, and then only with caution.

vS: Stalling Speed, or the minimum continuous speed at which the airplane is
still controllable in the given configuration.

vS0: Stalling Speed, or the minimum continuous speed at which the airplane is
still controllable in the landing configuration.

vX: Best Angle-of-Climb Speed.

vY: Best Rate-of-Climb Speed.

% 1.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL TERMS

ISA: International Standard Atmosphere. Conditions at which air is identified as

an ideal dry gas. The temperature at mean sea level is 15 EC (59 °F), air
pressure at MSL is 1013.25 hPa (29.92 inHg); the temperature gradient up
to the altitude at which the temperature reaches -56.5 EC (-69.7 °F) is
-0.0065 EC/m (-0.00357 °F/ft), and above this 0 EC/m (0 °F/ft).

MSL: Mean Sea Level.

OAT: Outside Air Temperature.

QNH: Theoretical atmospheric pressure at MSL, calculated from the elevation of

the measuring point above MSL and the actual atmospheric pressure at the
measuring point.

Page 1-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

Indicated Pressure Altitude:

Altitude reading with altimeter set to 1013.25 hPa (29.92 inHg).

Pressure Altitude: Altitude above MSL, indicated by a barometric altimeter which is set to
1013.25 hPa (29.92 inHg). The Pressure Altitude is the Indicated Pressure
Altitude corrected for installation and instrument errors.

In this Airplane Flight Manual altimeter instrument errors are regarded as

zero.

Density Altitude: Altitude in ISA conditions at which the air density is equal to the current air
density.

Wind: The wind speeds which are shown as variables in the diagrams in this
manual should be regarded as headwind or downwind components of the
measured wind.

% 1.5.3 FLIGHT PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING

Demonstrated Crosswind Component:

The speed of the crosswind component at which adequate maneuverability
for take-off and landing has been demonstrated during type certification.

MET: Weather, weather advice.

NAV: Navigation, route planning.

% 1.5.4 MASS AND BALANCE (M&B, W&B)

DP: Datum Plane; an imaginary vertical plane from which all horizontal distances
for center of gravity calculations are measured.

Moment Arm: The horizontal distance from the Datum Plane to the Center of Gravity of
a component.

Moment: The mass of a component multiplied by its moment arm.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-9

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

% CG: Center of Gravity, also called “center of mass.” Imaginary point in which the
airplane mass is assumed to be concentrated for mass and balance
calculations. Its distance from the Datum Plane is equal to the Center of
Gravity Moment Arm.

Center of Gravity Moment Arm:

The Moment Arm which is obtained if one divides the sum of the individual
moments of the airplane by its total mass.

Center of Gravity Limits:

The Center of Gravity range within which the airplane, at a given mass, must
be operated.

Usable Fuel: The quantity of fuel available for flight planning.

Unusable Fuel: The quantity of fuel remaining in the tank which cannot be used for flight.

Empty Mass: The mass of the airplane including unusable fuel, all operating consumables
and the maximum quantity of oil.

Useful Load: The difference between take-off mass and empty mass.

Maximum Take-off Mass:

The maximum permissible mass for take-off.

Maximum Landing Mass:

The highest mass for landing conditions at the maximum descent velocity.
This velocity was used in the strength calculations to determine the landing
gear loads during a particularly hard landing.

Page 1-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

% 1.5.5 ENGINE

% Take-off Power: Maximum permissible engine output power for take-off.

Maximum Continuous Power:

Maximum permissible engine output power used continuously during flight.

CHT: Cylinder Head Temperature.

EGT: Exhaust Gas Temperature.

% 1.5.6 DESIGNATION OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL

% (a) Asymmetric Instrument Panel (Circuit Breakers Right Hand Side)

% Avionics:

ADF Automatic Direction Finder

AUDIO Audio Panel / Intercom
AUTOPILOT Autopilot
AVIONIC BUS Avionic Bus
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
ESSENTIAL AVIONIC Essential Avionic Bus
GPS Global Positioning System
GPS2 Global Positioning System #2
NAV/COM1 Navigation/Communication #1
NAV/COM2 Navigation/Communication #2
STRIKE Strike Finder
XPDR Transponder
% Engine:

IGNITION Ignition
INST. 1 Engine Instrument VM 1000
START Starter

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-11

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

% Lighting:

FLOOD Flood Light

INST. Instrument Lights
LANDING Landing Light
POSITION Position Lights
% STROBE Strobe Light (Anti Collision Lights, ACLs)
TAXI/MAP Taxi Light/Map Light

% Systems:

ANNUN. Annunciator Panel

DG Directional Gyro
FAN/OAT Fan/Outside Air Temperature Indicator
FLAPS Flaps
FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump
HORIZON Artificial Horizon (Attitude Gyro)
PITOT HEAT Pitot Heating System
T&B Turn & Bank Indicator

% Electrical:

ALT. Alternator
ALT. CONT. Alternator Control
ALT. PROT. Alternator Protection
BATT. Battery
ESSENTIAL TIE Bus Interconnection
MAIN TIE Bus Interconnection
MASTER CONTROL Master Control (avionic master switch, essential bus
switch, essential avionics relay, bus interconnection
relay, avionics master relay)

Page 1-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

% (b) Symmetric Instrument Panel (Circuit Breakers Bottom Side)

% Main bus:

ALT. Alternator
ALT. CONT. Alternator Control
ALT. PROT. Alternator Protection
AV. BUS Avionic Bus
DG Directional Gyro
FAN/OAT Fan/Outside Air Temperature Indicator
FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump
IGNITION Ignition
INST. Instrument Lights
MAIN TIE Bus Interconnection
POSITION Position Lights
START Starter
STROBE Strobe Lights (Anti Collision Lights, ACLs)
T&B Turn & Bank Indicator
TAXI/MAP Taxi Light/Map Light

% Main AV. bus (main avionics bus):

ADF Automatic Direction Finder

AUDIO Audio Panel / Intercom
AUTO PILOT Autopilot
COM2 Communication #2
COM/NAV2 Communication / Navigation #2
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
GPS2 Global Positioning System #2
GPS/NAV2 Global Positioning System/Navigation #2
STRIKE Strike Finder
Wx 500 Stormscope

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-13

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

TAS Traffic Advisory System

% ESS. AV. bus (essential avionic-bus):

COM1 Communication #1
COM/NAV1 Communication/Navigation #1
GPS1 Global Positioning System #1
GPS/NAV1 Global Positioning System/Navigation #1
XPDR Transponder

% Essential bus:

ANNUN. Annunciator Panel

BATT. Battery
ESS. AV. Essential Avionic-Bus
ESS TIE Bus Interconnection
FLAPS Flaps
FLOOD Flood Light
HORIZON Artificial Horizon (Attitude Gyro)
INST. 1 Engine Instrument VM 1000
LANDING Landing Light
MASTER CONTROL Master Control (avionic master switch, essential bus
switch, essential avionics relay, bus interconnection
relay, avionics master relay)
PITOT Pitot Heating System

% 1.5.7 EQUIPMENT

ELT: Emergency Locator Transmitter.

% 1.5.8 DESIGN CHANGE ADVISORIES

MÄM: Mandatory Design Change Advisory.

OÄM: Optional Design Change Advisory.

Page 1-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

% 1.5.9 MISCELLANEOUS

ATC: Air Traffic Control.

CFRP: Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic.

GFRP: Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic.

JC/VP: Joint Certification/Validation Procedure.

PCA: Primary Certification Authority.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-15

Revision 10
General DA 40 AFM

1.6 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

1.6.1 CONVERSION FACTORS

Dimension SI-Units US Units Conversion

Length [mm] millimeters [in] inches [mm] / 25.4 = [in]
[m] meters [ft] feet [m] / 0.3048 = [ft]
[km] kilometers [NM] nautical miles [km] / 1.852 = [NM]
Volume [l] liters [US gal] US gallons [l] / 3.7854 = [US gal]
[qts] US quarts [l] / 0.9464 = [qts]
Speed [km/h] kilometers [kts] knots [km/h] / 1.852 = [kts]
per hour
[mph] miles per [km/h] / 1.609 = [mph]
[m/s] meters per hour
[m/s] x 196.85 = [fpm]
second
[fpm] feet per
minute
Speed of
[RPM] revolutions per minute --
rotation
Mass [kg] kilograms [lb] pounds [kg] x 2.2046 = [lb]
Force, [N] newtons [lbf] pounds force [N] x 0.2248 = [lbf]
weight
Pressure [hPa] hectopascals [inHg] inches of [hPa] = [mbar]
mercury
[mbar] millibars [hPa] / 33.86 = [inHg]
[psi] pounds per
[bar] bars [bar] x 14.504 = [psi]
square inch
Temperature [°C] degrees [°F] degrees [°C]x1.8 + 32 = [°F]
Celsius Fahrenheit
([°F] - 32)/1.8 = [°C]

Page 1-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM General

Dimension SI-Units US Units Conversion

Intensity of [A] ampères
--
electric current
Electric charge [Ah] ampère-hours
(battery --
capacity)
Electric [V] volts
--
potential
Time [sec] seconds --

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-17

Revision 10
General DA 40 AFM

1.6.2 CONVERSION CHART LITERS / US GALLONS

Liters US Gallons US Gallons Liters

5 1.3 1 3.8
10 2.6 2 7.6
15 4.0 4 15.1
20 5.3 6 22.7
25 6.6 8 30.3
30 7.9 10 37.9
35 9.2 12 45.4
40 10.6 14 53.0
45 11.9 16 60.6
50 13.2 18 68.1
60 15.9 20 75.7
70 18.5 22 83.3
80 21.1 24 90.9
90 23.8 26 98.4
100 26.4 28 106.0
110 29.1 30 113.6
120 31.7 32 121.1
130 34.3 34 128.7
140 37.0 36 136.3
150 39.6 38 143.8
160 42.3 40 151.4
170 44.9 45 170.3
180 47.6 50 189.3

Page 1-18 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM General

1.7 THREE-VIEW DRAWING

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-19

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

1.8 SOURCE DOCUMENTATION

This Section lists documents, manuals and other literature that were used as sources for the
Airplane Flight Manual, and indicates the respective publisher. However, only the information
given in the Airplane Flight Manual is valid.

1.8.1 ENGINE

Address: Textron Lycoming

652 Oliver Street
WILLIAMSPORT, PA 17701
USA

Phone: +1-570-323-6181
Webpage: www.lycoming.textron.com

Documents: a) Textron Lycoming Operator’s Manual, Aircraft Engines

60297-12 (Part No.)

b) Service Bulletins (SB)

Service Instructions (SI); (e.g. SI 1014, SI 1070)
Service Letters (SL); (e.g. SL114 (subscriptions))

Page 1-20 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM General

1.8.2 PROPELLER

Address: mt-Propeller
Airport Straubing Wallmühle
D-94348 ATTING
GERMANY

Phone: +49-9429-9409-0
E-mail: sales@mt-propeller.com
Webpage: www.mt-propeller.de

Documents: E-124, Operation and Installation Manual

Hydraulically controlled variable pitch propeller
MTV -5, -6, -9, -11, -12, -14, -15, -16, -21, -22, -25

1.8.3 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS

Address: VISION MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

ADVANCED ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
4071 Hannegan Road, Suite T
BELLINGHAM, WA 98226
USA

Phone: +1-360-714-8203

Documents: 5010002 REV F, VM 1000 Owner’s Manual

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 1-21

Revision 10
 General DA 40 AFM

1.8.4 IGNITION CONTROL UNIT

The electronic ignition control unit LASAR is optional equipment.

Address: UNISON Industries

7575 Baymeadows Way
JACKSONVILLE, FL 32256
USA

Phone: +1-904-739-4066
Webpage: www.unisonindustries.com

Documents: L-1502
LASAR Installation, Operation, and Troubleshooting Manual

Page 1-22 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

CHAPTER 2
OPERATING LIMITATIONS
Page

% 2.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

% 2.2 AIRSPEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
% 2.3 AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.4 POWER-PLANT LIMITATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
% 2.5 ENGINE INSTRUMENT MARKINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
% 2.6 WARNING, CAUTION AND STATUS LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
% 2.6.1 COLOR AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
% LIGHTS (RED)
% 2.6.2 COLOR AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
% LIGHTS (AMBER)
% 2.6.3 COLOR AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
% LIGHTS (WHITE)
% 2.7 MASS (WEIGHT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.8 CENTER OF GRAVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
% 2.8.1 DATUM PLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
% 2.8.2 CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.9 APPROVED MANEUVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
% 2.10 MANEUVERING LOAD FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
% 2.10.1 NORMAL CATEGORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
% 2.10.2 UTILITY CATEGORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
% 2.11 OPERATING ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
% 2.12 FLIGHT CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
% 2.13 KINDS OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
% 2.13.1 MINIMUM OPERATIONAL EQUIPMENT (SERVICEABLE). . . . . . 2-16
% 2.14 FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
% 2.14.1 FUEL GRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-1

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

% 2.14.2 FUEL QUANTITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

% 2.15 LIMITATION PLACARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
% 2.16 OTHER LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
% 2.16.1 TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
% 2.16.2 BATTERY CHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
% 2.16.3 EMERGENCY SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
% 2.16.4 OPERATION TIME OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
% 2.16.5 DOOR LOCKING DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
% 2.16.6 ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
% 2.16.7 USE OF THE SUN VISORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Page 2-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

2.1 INTRODUCTION

Chapter 2 of this Airplane Flight Manual includes operating limitations, instrument markings,
and placards necessary for safe operation of the airplane, its power-plant, standard systems
and standard equipment.

The limitations included in this Chapter are approved.

WARNING
Operation of the airplane outside of the approved operating
limitations is not permissible.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-3

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

2.2 AIRSPEED

Airspeed IAS Remarks

vA Maneuvering speed 108 KIAS Do not make full or abrupt
control surface movement
(above 980 kg / 2161 lb
above this speed.
up to 1150 kg / 2535 lb)

94 KIAS
(780 kg / 1720 lb
up to 980 kg / 2161 lb)

If MÄM 40-227 is carried

out:
111 KIAS
% (above 1036 kg / 2284 lb
up to 1200 kg / 2646 lb)

94 KIAS
(780 kg / 1720 lb
up to 1036 kg / 2284 lb)
LDG: 91 KIAS Do not exceed these speeds
vFE Max. flaps extended speed
T/O: 108 KIAS with the given flap setting.

vNO Do not exceed this speed

Max. structural cruising
= 129 KIAS except in smooth air, and
speed
vC then only with caution.
Never exceed speed in Do not exceed this speed in
vNE 178 KIAS
smooth air any operation.

Page 2-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

2.3 AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS

Marking IAS Significance

White arc 49 KIAS - 91 KIAS Operating range with flaps fully extended.
Green arc 52 KIAS - 129 KIAS Normal operating range.
% Yellow arc 129 KIAS - 178 KIAS Caution range - only in smooth air.
Red line 178 KIAS Maximum speed for all operations - vNE.

2.4 POWER-PLANT LIMITATIONS

a) Engine manufacturer : Textron Lycoming

% b) Engine designation : IO-360-M1A

c) RPM limitations
Max. take-off RPM : 2700 RPM
Max. continuous RPM : 2400 RPM

d) Manifold pressure limitations

Maximum : FULL throttle

e) Oil pressure
Minimum (IDLE) : 25 PSI / 1.72 bar
Maximum : 98 PSI / 6.76 bar
Normal operating range : 55 to 95 PSI / 3.8 to 6.55 bar

f) Oil quantity
Minimum : 4 qts
Maximum : 8 qts

g) Oil temperature
Maximum : 245 °F (118 °C)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-5

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

h) Fuel pressure
Minimum : 14 PSI / 0.97 bar
Maximum : 35 PSI / 2.4 bar

i) Cylinder head temperature

Maximum : 500 °F (260 °C)

j) Propeller manufacturer : mt-Propeller

k) Propeller designation : MTV-12-B/180-17 or

MTV-12-B/180-17f

l) Propeller diameter : 1.80 m (+ 0 mm, - 50 mm)

5 ft 10.9 in (+ 0.0 in, - 2.0 in)

m) Propeller pitch angle (0.75 R) : 10.5° to 30°

Page 2-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

n) Oil specification:

Airplane engine oil should be used which meets SAEJ1899 (MIL-L-22851) Standard
(ashless dispersant type). During the first 50 hours of operation of a new or newly
overhauled engine, or after replacement of a cylinder, airplane engine oil should be used
which meets SAEJ1966 (MIL-L-6082) Standard (straight mineral type). The viscosity
should be selected according to the recommendation given in the following table:

During the first 50 hours: After 50 hours:

OAT at
Ground Level SAEJ1966 / MIL-L-6082 SAEJ1899 / MIL-L-22851
Mineral Oil Ashless Dispersant Oil
All temperatures -- SAE 15-W50, SAE 20-W50
above 80 °F
SAE 60 SAE 60
(above 27 °C)
above 60 °F
SAE 50 SAE 40 or SAE 50
(above 16 °C)
30 °F to 90 °F
SAE 40 SAE 40
(-1 °C to 32 °C)
0 °F to 90 °F
SAE 20-W50 SAE 20-W50 or SAE 15-W50
(-18 °C to 32 °C)
0 °F to 70 °F SAE 30, SAE 40,
SAE 30
(-18 °C to 21 °C) or SAE 20-W40
below 10 °F
SAE 20 SAE 30 or SAE 20-W30
(below -12 °C)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-7

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

2.5 ENGINE INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

Engine instrument markings and their color code significance are shown in the table below:

NOTE
When an indication lies in the upper or lower prohibited range, the
numerical indication will begin flashing as well.

Red Green Red

Yellow Yellow
arc/bar arc/bar arc/bar
arc/bar arc/bar
= = =
Indication = =
lower normal upper
caution caution
prohibited operating prohibited
range range
range range range
Manifold
-- -- 13 - 30 inHg -- --
pressure
500 - 2400 2400 - 2700 above 2700
RPM -- --
RPM RPM RPM
Oil
-- -- 149 - 230 °F 231 - 245 °F above 245 °F
temp.
Cylinder
head -- -- 150 - 475 °F 476 - 500 °F above 500 °F
temp.
Oil below
25 - 55 PSI 56 - 95 PSI 96 - 97 PSI above 97 PSI
pressure 25 PSI
Fuel below
-- 14 - 35 PSI -- above 35 PSI
pressure 14 PSI
Fuel 1 - 20 above 20
-- -- --
flow US gal/hr US gal/hr
below
Voltage 24.1 - 25 V 25.1 - 30 V 30.1 - 32 V above 32 V
24.1 V
Ammeter -- -- 2 - 75 A -- --

Page 2-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

Red Green Red

Yellow Yellow
arc/bar arc/bar arc/bar
arc/bar arc/bar
= = =
Indication = =
lower normal upper
caution caution
prohibited operating prohibited
range range
range range range

Fuel
quantity, 0 - 15 US gal1
0 US gal -- -- --
Standard 0 - 17 US gal2
Tank
Fuel
quantity, 0 - 16 US gal
-- --
Long 0 US gal -- +
Range 0 - 9 US gal3
Tank

1
up to and including serial number 40.054
2
serial number 40.055 and subsequent
3
numerical indication of the additional (auxiliary) fuel quantity, for a total fuel quantity on
one side in the range between 16 and 25 US gal

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-9

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

2.6 WARNING, CAUTION AND STATUS LIGHTS

The following tables show the color and significance of the warning, caution and status lights
% on the annunciator panel. There are two variants of the annunciator panel, “DAI” and “White
% Wire” (see Section 7.11).

NOTE
Section 7.11 includes a detailed description of the lights on the
annunciator panel.

% 2.6.1 COLOR AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE WARNING LIGHTS (RED)

Warning Lights (Red)

Variant Variant Cause
Meaning
% “DAI” “White Wire”
OIL PR OIL PRESS Oil pressure Oil pressure below 25 PSI
FUEL PR FUEL PRESS Fuel pressure Fuel pressure below 14 PSI
ALT ALTERNATOR Alternator (Generator) Alternator failure
Operation of starter, or failure of
START START Starter the starter motor to disengage
from the engine after starting
Front canopy and/or rear door not
DOOR DOORS Doors
completely closed and locked
Failure in the automatic trim
TRIM FAIL Trim failure
system of the autopilot (if installed)

Page 2-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

% 2.6.2 COLOR AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE CAUTION LIGHTS (AMBER)

Caution Lights (Amber)

Variant Variant Cause
Meaning
% “DAI” “White Wire”
Fuel quantity Fuel quantity in the left tank less
L FUEL
left tank than 3 US gal (±1 US gal)
Fuel quantity Fuel quantity in the right tank less
R FUEL
right tank than 3 US gal (±1 US gal)
1st caution:
fuel quantity in one tank less than
3 US gal (±1 US gal)
LOW FUEL Fuel quantity
2nd caution:
fuel quantity in second tank less
than 3 US gal (±1 US gal)
VOLT LOW VOLTS Voltage On-board voltage below 24 V
Pitot heating not switched ON, or
PITOT PITOT Pitot heating
fault in the Pitot heating system

% 2.6.3 COLOR AND SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STATUS LIGHTS (WHITE)

Status Lights (White)

Variant Variant Cause
Meaning
% “DAI” “White Wire”
Electronic ignition control unit (if
IGN IGNITION Ignition
installed) not in operation

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-11

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

2.7 MASS (WEIGHT)

Maximum take-off mass (Normal Category) : 1150 kg 2535 lb

if MÄM 40-227 is carried out : 1200 kg 2646 lb

Maximum take-off mass (Utility Category) : 980 kg 2161 lb

Maximum landing mass

Original MLG strut : 1092 kg 2407 lb
Modified MLG strut : 1150 kg 2535 lb
(MÄM 40-123/e or OÄM 40-283)

Maximum zero fuel mass : 1150 kg 2535 lb

Max. load in standard baggage compartment : 30 kg 66 lb

Max. load in baggage tube : 5 kg 11 lb

Max. load in extended baggage compartment (OÄM 40-163)

Max. load in forward part : 45 kg 100 lb
Max. load in aft part : 18 kg 40 lb
Max. total load forward + aft : 45 kg 100 lb

Max. surface load for baggage compartments : 75 kg/m² 15.3 lb/ft²

WARNING
Exceeding the mass limits will lead to an overstressing of the
airplane as well as to a degradation of flight characteristics and flight
performance.

NOTE
The maximum landing mass is the highest mass for landing
conditions at the maximum descent velocity. This velocity was used
in the strength calculations to determine the landing gear loads
during a particularly hard landing.

Page 2-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

NOTE
In some countries the beginning of a flight is defined by starting the
engine. In those countries a maximum ramp mass 4 kg (9 lb) above
the maximum take-off mass is approved. At the time of lift-off the
maximum permitted take-off mass must not be exceeded.

2.8 CENTER OF GRAVITY

% 2.8.1 DATUM PLANE

The Datum Plane (DP) is a plane which is normal to the airplane’s longitudinal axis and in front
of the airplane as seen from the direction of flight. The airplane’s longitudinal axis is parallel
with the upper surface of a 600:31 wedge which is placed on top of the rear fuselage in front
of the vertical stabilizer. When the upper surface of the wedge is aligned horizontally, the Datum
Plane is vertical. The Datum Plane is located 2.194 meters (86.38 in) forward of the most forward
point of the root rib on the stub wing.

% 2.8.2 CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS

The center of gravity (CG) for flight conditions must lie between the following limits:

% (a) Most forward CG:

2.40 m (94.5 in) aft of DP from 780 kg to 980 kg (1720 lb to 2161 lb)
2.46 m (96.9 in) aft of DP at 1150 kg (2535 lb)
linear variation between these values

If MÄM 40-227 is carried out:

2.40 m (94.5 in) aft of DP from 780 kg to 980 kg (1720 lb to 2161 lb)
2.48 m (97.6 in) aft of DP at 1200 kg (2646 lb)
linear variation between these values

% (b) Most rearward CG:

a) Standard Tank : 2.59 m (102.0 in) aft of DP

b) Long Range Tank : 2.55 m (100.4 in) aft of DP

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-13

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

WARNING
Exceeding the center of gravity limitations reduces the controllability
and stability of the airplane.

2.9 APPROVED MANEUVERS

The airplane is certified in the Normal Category and in the Utility Category in accordance with
% AWM 523.

Approved Maneuvers

a) Normal Category:

1) All normal flight maneuvers;

2) Stalling (with the exception of dynamic stalling); and

3) Lazy Eights, Chandelles, as well as steep turns and similar maneuvers, in which an
angle of bank of not more than 60E is attained.

CAUTION
Aerobatics, spinning, and flight maneuvers with more than 60° of
bank are not permitted in the Normal Category.

b) Utility Category:

1) All normal flight maneuvers;

2) Stalling (with the exception of dynamic stalling); and

3) Lazy Eights, Chandelles, as well as steep turns and similar maneuvers, in which an
angle of bank of not more than 90E is attained.

CAUTION
Aerobatics, spinning, and flight maneuvers with more than 90° of
bank are not permitted in the Utility Category.

Page 2-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

CAUTION
The accuracy of the attitude gyro (artificial horizon) and the
directional gyro is affected by the maneuvers approved under item
3 if the bank angle exceeds 60E. Such maneuvers may therefore
only be flown when the above mentioned instruments are not
required for the present kind of operation.

2.10 MANEUVERING LOAD FACTORS

Table of maximum structural load factors:

% 2.10.1 NORMAL CATEGORY

With Flaps in T/O

at vA at vNE
or LDG Position
Positive 3.8 3.8 2.0
Negative -1.52 0

% 2.10.2 UTILITY CATEGORY

With Flaps in T/O

at vA at vNE
or LDG Position
Positive 4.4 4.4 2.0
Negative -1.76 -1

WARNING
Exceeding the maximum load factors will lead to an overstressing
of the airplane.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-15

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

2.11 OPERATING ALTITUDE

The maximum demonstrated operating altitude is 16,400 ft (5,000 m).

The maximum approved operating altitude for US registered airplanes is 14,000 ft MSL unless
an approved supplemental oxygen system is installed.

2.12 FLIGHT CREW

Minimum crew number : 1 (one person)

Maximum number of occupants:

Normal Category : 4 (four persons)

Utility Category : 2 (two persons), both of whom must sit in front

2.13 KINDS OF OPERATION

Provided that national operational requirements are met, the following kinds of operation are
approved:

* Daytime flights according to Visual Flight Rules (VFR).

* With the appropriate equipment: night flights according to Visual Flight Rules (NVFR).
* With the appropriate equipment: flights according to Instrument Flight Rules (IFR).

Flights into known or forecast icing conditions are prohibited.

Flights into known thunderstorms are prohibited.

% 2.13.1 MINIMUM OPERATIONAL EQUIPMENT (SERVICEABLE)

% The following table lists the minimum serviceable equipment required by AWM 523. Additional
minimum equipment for the intended operation may be required by national operating rules and
also depends on the route to be flown.

Page 2-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

Minimum Operational Equipment (Serviceable)

% In Addition In Addition
For Daytime VFR Flights
for Night VFR Flights for IFR Flights
* Airspeed indicator * Vertical speed indicator * Second VHF radio (COM)
(VSI)
* Altimeter * VOR-LOC-GP receiver
* Attitude gyro (artificial
* Magnetic compass * Marker beacon receiver
horizon)
Flight and Navigation Instruments

* Turn & bank indicator

* Directional gyro
* OAT indicator
* Chronometer with
indication of hours,
minutes, and seconds
* VHF radio (COM) with
speaker and microphone
* VOR receiver
* Transponder (XPDR),
Mode A and Mode C
* 1 headset
* Fuel indicators * Ammeter (included in
VM 1000)
* Integrated engine
Engine Instruments

instrument * Voltmeter (included in

VM 1000)
* Annunciator panel (all
lights, see 2.6)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-17

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

Minimum Operational Equipment (Serviceable)

% In Addition In Addition
For Daytime VFR Flights
for Night VFR Flights for IFR Flights
* Position lights
* Strobe lights (anti
collision lights)
Lighting

* Landing light
* Instrument lighting
* Flood light
* Flashlight
* Stall warning system * Pitot heating system * Emergency battery
* Fuel quantity measuring * Alternate static valve
Other Operational Minimum Equipment

device (see 7.10)

* Essential bus
* Safety belts for each
occupied seat
* Airplane flight manual

NOTE
A list of approved equipment can be found in Chapter 6.

Page 2-18 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

NOTE
For the upgrade of an airplane for Night VFR or IFR operation it is
not sufficient to install the required equipment. The retrofit must be
carried out in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer
(see Service Bulletins) and the national Airworthiness Authority. Any
additional equipment (equipment which is not listed in the Equipment
List in Section 6.5) must also be approved for the intended kind of
operation by the national Airworthiness Authority.

2.14 FUEL
% 2.14.1 FUEL GRADE

AVGAS 100LL / AVGAS 100/130LL (AST M D910)

AVGAS 100 / AVGAS 100/130 (ASTM D910)

% 2.14.2 FUEL QUANTITY

% (a) Standard Tank:

Total fuel quantity : 2 x 20.6 US gal (app. 2 x 78 liter)

Unusable fuel : 2 x 0.5 US gal (app. 2 x 2 liter)

% Max. indicated fuel quantity : 15 US gal (app. 57 liter) per tank

% (up to and including S/N 40.054)
%
% : 17 US gal (app. 64 liter) per tank
% (S/N 40.055 & subsequent)

% Max. permissible difference : 10 US gal (app. 38 liter)

% between right and left tank

% (b) Long Range Tank (If Installed):

Total fuel quantity : 2 x 25.5 US gal (app. 2 x 96.5 liter)

Unusable fuel : 2 x 0.5 US gal (app. 2 x 2 liter)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-19

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

Max. indicated fuel quantity : 16 US gal (app. 61 liter) per tank

% Indicated quantity auxiliary : 0 to 9 US gal (app. 0 to 34 liter) per tank

% fuel tank

% Max. permissible difference : 8 US gal (app. 30 liter)

% between right and left tank

CAUTION
If a fuel indicator shows 16 US gal and the aux. fuel indicator reads
0 US gal on the same side, then 19 US gal must be assumed for
the calculation of the difference between right and left tank.

2.15 LIMITATION PLACARDS

All limitation placards are shown below. A list of all placards is included in the Airplane
Maintenance Manual (Doc. No. 6.02.01), Chapter 11.

On the Instrument Panel:

If MÄM 40-227 is not carried out:

Maneuvering speed:

vA = 108 KIAS (above 980 up to 1150 kg / above 2161 up to 2535 lb)

vA = 94 KIAS (780 to 980 kg / 1720 to 2161 lb)

This airplane may only be operated in accordance with the Airplane Flight
Manual. It can be operated in the “Normal” and “Utility” categories in non-
icing conditions. Provided that national operational requirements are met
and the appropriate equipment is installed, this airplane is approved for the
following kinds of operation: day VFR, night VFR and IFR. All aerobatic
maneuvers including spinning are prohibited.

For further operational limitations refer to the Airplane Flight Manual.

No smoking.

Page 2-20 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

If MÄM 40-227 is carried out:

Maneuvering Speed:
vA = 111 KIAS (above 1036 up to 1200 kg, above 2284 up to 2646 lb)
vA = 94 KIAS (780 to 1036 kg, 1720 to 2284 lb)
The airplane may only be operated in accordance with the Airplane
% Flight Manual. It can be operated in the “Normal” and the “Utility”
categories in non-icing conditions. Provided that national operational
requirements are met and the appropriate equipment is installed, this
airplane is approved for the following kinds of operation: day VFR,
night VFR and IFR. All aerobatic maneuvers including spinning are
prohibited.

For further operational limitations refer to the Airplane Flight Manual.

No smoking.

Next to Each of the Two Fuel Filler Necks:

% a) Standard Tank: If MÄM 40-617 is installed:

% b) Long Range Tank (if installed): If MÄM 40-617 is installed:

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-21

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

Next to the Fuel Quantity Indication:

% a) Standard Tank (up to S/N 40.054):

% b) Standard Tank (S/N 40.055 and subsequent):

% c) Long Range Tank (if installed):

Page 2-22 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

On the Fuel Tank Selector:

a) Standard Tank:

b) Long Range Tank (if installed):

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-23

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

In the Cowling, on the Door for the Oil Filler Neck:

OIL 1 qt = 0.95 liters

SAE 15W50
ashless dispersant aviation
grade oil (SAE Standard J-1899)
or see AFM Chapter 2
VFR Min./Max.: 4/8 qts
IFR Min./Max.: 6/8 qts

Next to the Flap Selector Switch:

Next to the Essential Bus Switch (if installed):

Ess. Bus NOT for normal operation. See AFM.

Page 2-24 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

In the Cockpit, on the Left Fuselage Sidewall:

(if alternate static valve is installed):

Next to the Baggage Compartment:

a) Standard Baggage Compartment:

b) Extended Baggage Compartment (OÄM 40-163, if installed):

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-25

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

Beside the Door Locking Device (OÄM 40-081, if installed):

EMERGENCY EXIT:
The keylock must be
unlocked during flight!

Above the NAV #2 CDI (OÄM 40-206, if installed):

NAV No. 2 not approved

for precision approaches

Page 2-26 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Operating Limitations

2.16 OTHER LIMITATIONS

2.16.1 TEMPERATURE

The airplane may only be operated when its temperature prior to operation is not less than -40 °C
(-40 °F) and not higher than 54 °C (129 °F).

CAUTION
For cold weather starting of the engine refer to the latest instructions
given by the engine manufacturer.

2.16.2 BATTERY CHARGE

% Taking off for a Night VFR or IFR flight with a discharged battery is not permitted.

% NOTE
% The most common indication of a discharged battery is that the
% engine cannot be started with battery power.

% The use of an external power supply for engine starting with a discharged airplane battery is
% not permitted if the subsequent flight is intended to be a Night VFR or IFR flight. In this case
the airplane battery must first be charged.

2.16.3 EMERGENCY SWITCH

IFR flights are not permitted when the seal on the emergency switch is broken.

2.16.4 OPERATION TIME OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Following an alternator failure and with the essential bus (if installed) switched ON, it can be
expected that the systems listed under 3.7.2 - FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM are
supplied with power for half an hour. After this, electrical power is available for the attitude gyro
(artificial horizon) and flood light for another 1.5 hours when the emergency power pack (if
installed) is used.

2.16.5 DOOR LOCKING DEVICE

The canopy and the passenger door must not be blocked by the door locking device during
operation of the airplane.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 2-27

Revision 10 DOT approved
 Operating Limitations DA 40 AFM

2.16.6 ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

The use and switching on of electronic equipment other than that which is part of the equipment
of the airplane is not permitted, as it could lead to interference with the airplane’s avionics.

Examples of undesirable items of equipment are:

- Mobile telephones.
- Remote radio controls.
- Video screens employing CRTs.
- MiniDisc recorders when in the record mode.

This list is not exhaustive.

% The use of laptop computers, including those with CD-ROM drives, CD and MiniDisc players
in the replay mode, cassette players and video cameras is permitted. All this equipment however
should be switched off for take-off and landing.

2.16.7 USE OF THE SUN VISORS

The sun visors (if installed, OÄM 40-327) may only be used during cruise. During all other phases
of flight the sun visors must be locked in the fully upward position.

Page 2-28 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

DOT approved Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

CHAPTER 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Page

3.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.1.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.1.2 CERTAIN AIRSPEEDS IN EMERGENCIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
% 3.2 ENGINE PROBLEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
% 3.2.1 ENGINE PROBLEMS ON THE GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
% 3.2.2 ENGINE PROBLEMS DURING TAKE-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
% 3.2.3 ENGINE PROBLEMS IN FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
% 3.2.4 RESTARTING THE ENGINE WITH WINDMILLING . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
PROPELLER
% 3.2.5 DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
% 3.2.6 RESTARTING THE ENGINE WITH STATIONARY . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
PROPELLER
% 3.3 SMOKE AND FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
% 3.3.1 SMOKE AND FIRE ON THE GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
% 3.3.2 SMOKE AND FIRE DURING TAKE-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
% 3.3.3 SMOKE AND FIRE IN FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
% 3.4 GLIDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
% 3.5 EMERGENCY LANDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
% 3.5.1 EMERGENCY LANDING WITH ENGINE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
% 3.5.2 LANDING WITH A DEFECTIVE TIRE ON THE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
MAIN LANDING GEAR
% 3.5.3 LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
% 3.6 RECOVERY FROM AN UNINTENTIONAL SPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
% 3.7 OTHER EMERGENCIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
% 3.7.1 ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
% 3.7.2 FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-1

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

% 3.7.3 SUSPICION OF CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION . . . . . . 3-29

IN THE CABIN
% 3.7.4 DOOR OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
% 3.7.5 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

NOTE
Procedures for uncritical system faults are given in Chapter 4B -
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES.

Page 3-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

3.1 INTRODUCTION

3.1.1 GENERAL

This Chapter contains checklists as well as the description of recommended procedures to be

followed in the event of an emergency. Engine failure or other airplane-related emergencies
are most unlikely to occur if the prescribed procedures for pre-flight checks and airplane
maintenance are followed.

If, nonetheless, an emergency does arise, the guidelines given here should be followed and
applied in order to clear the problem.

As it is impossible to foresee all kinds of emergencies and cover them in this Airplane Flight
% Manual, a thorough understanding of the airplane by the pilot is, in addition to their knowledge
and experience, an essential factor in the solution of any problems which may arise.

WARNING
In each emergency, control over the flight attitude and the
preparation of a possible emergency landing have priority over
% attempts to solve the current problem “first fly the aircraft.” Prior to
the flight the pilot must consider the suitability of the terrain for an
emergency landing for each phase of the flight. For a safe flight the
pilot must constantly keep a safe minimum flight altitude. Solutions
for various adverse scenarios should be thought over in advance.
Thus it should be guaranteed that the pilot is at no time shocked
by an engine failure and that he can act calmly and with
determination.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-3

Revision 10
Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

3.1.2 CERTAIN AIRSPEEDS IN EMERGENCIES

Flight Mass 850 kg 1000 kg 1150 kg 1200 kg

Event 1874 lb 2205 lb 2535 lb 2646 lb

Engine failure after take-off

59 KIAS 66 KIAS 72 KIAS 74 KIAS
(Flaps T/O)
Airspeed for best glide angle
60 KIAS 68 KIAS 73 KIAS 76 KIAS
(Flaps UP)
Flaps UP 60 KIAS 68 KIAS 73 KIAS 76 KIAS
Emergency
landing with Flaps T/O 59 KIAS 66 KIAS 72 KIAS 74 KIAS
engine off
Flaps LDG 58 KIAS 63 KIAS 71 KIAS 73 KIAS

3.2 ENGINE PROBLEMS

3.2.1 ENGINE PROBLEMS ON THE GROUND

1. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
2. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
3. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . switch off, if considered necessary;
otherwise establish the cause of
the problem and re-establish
engine performance

CAUTION
If the oil pressure is below the green sector, the engine must be
switched off immediately.

WARNING
If the problem cannot be cleared, the airplane must not be flown.

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 3-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

3.2.2 ENGINE PROBLEMS DURING TAKE-OFF

(a) Take-Off Can Still Be Aborted (Sufficient Runway Length Available)

Land Straight Ahead:

1. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE

On the Ground:

2. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required

CAUTION
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision
can be reduced as follows:

- Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

- Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . LEAN - shut engine off
- Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . OFF
%
(b) Take-Off Can No Longer Be Aborted

1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

72 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
66 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
59 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)

WARNING
If, in the event of an engine problem occurring during take-off, the
take-off can no longer be aborted and a safe height has not been
reached, then a straight-ahead emergency landing should be carried
out. Turning back can be fatal.

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-5

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

If Time Allows:

2. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check selected tank

3. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON
4. Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check BOTH
5. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check MAX PWR
6. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check HIGH RPM
% 7. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check RICH (leaner above 5000 ft)
% 8. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN

WARNING
If the problem does not clear itself immediately, and the engine is
no longer producing sufficient power, then an emergency landing
must be carried out.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.2.3 ENGINE PROBLEMS IN FLIGHT

(a) Engine Running Roughly

WARNING
An engine which is running very roughly can lead to the loss of the
propeller. If the engine is running roughly operation should only be
continued if there is no other alternative.

1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
2. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON
3. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check selected tank

% CONTINUED

Page 3-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

4. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

5. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
6. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
7. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set for smooth running
% 8. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
9. Ignition status light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check (only if the electronic ignition
control unit is installed)
10. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check BOTH
% 11. Ignition circuit breaker (IGN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull (only if the electronic ignition
control unit is installed); if rough
running is cleared by doing this, the
circuit breaker should remain open
12. Throttle/RPM/Mixture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . try various settings

WARNING
If the problem does not clear itself immediately, and the engine is
no longer producing sufficient power, then an emergency landing
should be carried out.

END OF CHECKLIST

(b) Loss of Oil Pressure

1. Check oil pressure warning light and oil pressure indicator.

2. Check oil temperature.

2a. If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector and the oil temperature
is normal (oil pressure warning light does not illuminate or flash):

* Monitor the oil pressure warning light: it is probable that the oil pressure
indication is defective.

* Monitor the oil and cylinder head temperatures.

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-7

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

2b. If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector while the oil or cylinder
head temperature is rising, or

If the oil pressure warning light illuminates or flashes, or

If both of these occur together:

* Reduce engine power to the minimum required.

* Land as soon as possible.

* Be prepared for engine failure and emergency landing.

2c. Oil pressure tending to zero combined with:

Vibration, loss of oil, possibly unusual metallic noise and smoke:

* A mechanical failure in the engine is apparent.

* Shut off engine immediately and

* Carry out emergency landing in accordance with 3.5.1 - EMERGENCY

LANDING WITH ENGINE OFF.

END OF CHECKLIST

(c) High Oil Pressure

Check oil temperature.

* If the oil temperature is normal, it is probable that the fault lies in the oil pressure indication,
which should thus be ignored (the airplane should be serviced).

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 3-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

(d) High Oil Temperature

Check cylinder head and exhaust gas temperature.

* If neither of these is high, it is probable that the fault lies in the oil temperature indication.
The airplane should be serviced. A stable oil temperature indication of 26 °F (-3 °C) or
317 °F (158 °C) suggests a failure of the oil temperature sensor.

* If the cylinder head temperature or exhaust gas temperature is also high:

- Check oil pressure. If the oil pressure is low, proceed as in 3.2.3 (b) - LOSS OF OIL
PRESSURE.

- If the oil pressure is in the green sector:

- Check mixture setting, enrich mixture if necessary.

- Reduce power; if this produces no improvement, land at the nearest appropriate

airfield.

END OF CHECKLIST

(e) High Cylinder Head Temperature

Cylinder head temperature in yellow sector or above:

1. Check mixture setting, enrich mixture if necessary.

2. Check oil temperature.

* If the oil temperature is also high:

- Check oil pressure. If the oil pressure is low, proceed as in 3.2.3 (b) - LOSS OF OIL
PRESSURE.

- If the oil pressure is in the green sector:

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-9

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

- Reduce power; if this produces no improvement, land at the nearest appropriate

airfield.

- Be prepared for possible emergency landing.

END OF CHECKLIST

(f) High RPM

RPM moves on its own into the yellow sector, or is in the red sector:

1. Check friction adjuster for throttle quadrant.

2. Check oil pressure: Following a loss of oil or oil pressure, the propeller governor
sets a high RPM. In this case the RPM should be regulated using the throttle.
Proceed as in 3.2.3 (b) - LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE.
3. If oil pressure is normal:

* Pull RPM lever back and listen for an associated drop in RPM:

- If the indication does not change in spite of an audible drop in RPM, it is

probable that the RPM indication is defective, which should thus be ignored
(the airplane should be serviced).

- If there is no audible drop in RPM, it is probable that the governor system

is defective. In this case the RPM should be regulated using the throttle.

END OF CHECKLIST

(g) Loss of RPM

1. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON

2. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
3. Friction adjuster for throttle quadrant . . . . . . . check sufficiently tight
4. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM

% CONTINUED

Page 3-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

* Listen for rise in RPM.

- If there is no audible rise in RPM, it is probable that the governor system

is defective. In this case the RPM can be regulated within certain limits using
the throttle.

- Land at the nearest appropriate airfield.

- Be prepared for possible emergency landing.

- If the indication does not change in spite of an audible rise in RPM, it is

probable that the RPM indication is defective, which should thus be ignored
(the airplane should be serviced).

END OF CHECKLIST

(h) High Fuel Flow

Fuel flow in the red sector:

1. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

2. Fuel pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check after 10 - 15 sec:

* If the fuel pressure is low, refer to 3.2.3 (i) - LOW FUEL PRESSURE WITH THE
ELECTRICAL FUEL PUMP SET TO ON.

* If the fuel pressure is in the green sector, or the fuel pressure warning light is
not illuminated, the likely cause is a defective fuel flow indication, which should
thus be ignored (the airplane should be serviced). Fuel flow data should be taken
from the engine performance table in Chapter 5.

3. Check fuel quantity. A rapid reduction in fuel quantity confirms a high fuel flow.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-11

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

(i) Low Fuel Pressure with the Electrical Fuel Pump Set to ON

Fuel pressure warning light illuminates, or fuel pressure indication below the green sector:

1. Fuel flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check:

* If the fuel flow is high, there is possibly a leak (between the injection system
and the injectors). Land on the nearest suitable airf ield.

* If the fuel flow is in the green sector and the engine is running smoothly, the
likely cause is a defective fuel pressure indication, which should thus be ignored
(the airplane should be serviced).

Monitor engine for power loss and rough operation that could indicate fuel
starvation. If the engine is no longer producing sufficient power, then an
emergency landing should be carried out.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.2.4 RESTARTING THE ENGINE WITH WINDMILLING PROPELLER

NOTE
Restarting the engine is possible at all airspeeds above 70 KIAS
up to vNE and up to the maximum demonstrated operating altitude.

NOTE
As long as an airspeed of at least 65 KIAS is maintained, and there
is no major engine failure, the propeller will continue to windmill.

1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 KIAS
2. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fullest tank
3. Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check BOTH

% CONTINUED

Page 3-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

4. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check appropriate position

5. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON
6. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN

If Engine Does Not Start:

7. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN

8. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . push forward slowly until engine
starts

NOTE
If it is not possible to start the engine:
- Adopt glide configuration as in 3.4 - GLIDING.
- Carry out emergency landing as in 3.5.1 - EMERGENCY LAND-
ING WITH ENGINE OFF.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.2.5 DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS

% (a) Defective Mixture Control Cable

% Flight and Landing:

1. Maintain altitude to the nearest airfield.

2. During descent, test the reaction of the engine to a higher power setting. A lean
mixture can lead to engine roughness and a loss of power. The landing approach
must be planned accordingly.

WARNING
Go-around may become impossible with the remaining power.

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-13

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

% Engine Shut-Down:

1. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set

2. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
3. Avionics master switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4. All electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
5. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
6. Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
7. Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

END OF CHECKLIST

% (b) Defective Throttle Control Cable

% Sufficient Engine Power Available to Continue Flight:

1. Approach nearest airfield, control engine power with RPM lever.

2. Perform landing with shut-down engine.

% No Sufficient Engine Power Available to Continue Flight:

1. Carry out emergency landing as in 3.5.1 - EMERGENCY LANDING WITH ENGINE

OFF.

END OF CHECKLIST

% (c) Defective RPM Lever Control Cable

% Sufficient Engine Power Available to Continue Flight:

1. Approach nearest airfield, control engine power with throttle.

2. Perform normal landing.

% CONTINUED

Page 3-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

WARNING
Go-around may become impossible with the remaining power.

% No Sufficient Engine Power Available to Continue Flight:

1. Carry out emergency landing as in 3.5.1 - EMERGENCY LANDING WITH ENGINE

OFF.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.2.6 RESTARTING THE ENGINE WITH STATIONARY PROPELLER

NOTE
Restarting the engine is possible at all airspeeds above 80 KIAS
up to vNE and up to the maximum demonstrated operating altitude.

1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 KIAS
2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Avionics master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4. Master switch (BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON
5. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
6. Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
7. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON
8. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
9. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-15

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

NOTE
By increasing the airspeed above approximately 130 KIAS, the
propeller will begin to rotate and the engine can thus be started. For
% this, the ignition switch should be set at BOTH (see 3.2.4 -
RESTARTING THE ENGINE WITH WINDMILLING PROPELLER).
An altitude loss of at least 1000 ft (300 meter) must be allowed for.

% If it is not possible to start the engine:

- Adopt glide configuration as in 3.4 - GLIDING

- Carry out emergency landing as in 3.5.1 - EMERGENCY
LANDING WITH ENGINE OFF.
%
CAUTION
Engine restart following an engine fire should only be attempted if
it is unlikely that a safe emergency landing can be made. It must
be expected that engine restart is impossible after an engine fire.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.3 SMOKE AND FIRE

3.3.1 SMOKE AND FIRE ON THE GROUND

(a) Engine Fire When Starting on the Ground

1. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

2. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apply

After Standstill:

4. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR

5. Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

% CONTINUED

Page 3-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

When the Engine Has Stopped:

6. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

7. Canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open
8. Airplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evacuate immediately

END OF CHECKLIST

(b) Electrical Fire with Smoke on the Ground

1. Master switch (ALT/BAT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

If the Engine is Running:

2. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
3. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN - shut off engine

When the Engine Has Stopped:

4. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

5. Canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open
6. Airplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evacuate immediately

END OF CHECKLIST

3.3.2 SMOKE AND FIRE DURING TAKE-OFF

(a) If Take-Off Can Still Be Aborted

1. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
2. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apply - bring the airplane to a stop
4. After stopping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . proceed as in 3.3.1 - SMOKE AND
FIRE ON THE GROUND

END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-17
Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

(b) If Take-Off Cannot Be Aborted

1. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

2. If possible, fly along a short-cut traffic circuit and land on the airfield.

WARNING
If, in the event of an engine problem occurring during take-off, the
take-off can no longer be aborted and a safe height has not been
reached, then a straight-ahead emergency landing should be carried
out. Turning back can be fatal.

3. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

72 KIAS (1150 kg, 2235 lb)
66 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
59 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
%
After Climbing to a Height From Which the Selected Landing Area Can Be Reached Safely:

4. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

5. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
6. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
7. Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
8. Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open if required
9. Carry out emergency landing with engine off. Allow for increased landing distance
due to the flap position.

CAUTION
In case of extreme smoke development, the front canopy may be
unlatched during flight. This allows it to partially open, in order to
improve ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position.
Flight characteristics will not be affected significantly.

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 3-18 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

3.3.3 SMOKE AND FIRE IN FLIGHT

CAUTION
In the event of smoke or fire, prepare to land the airplane without
delay while completing fire suppression and/or smoke evacuation
procedures. If it cannot be visually verified that the fire has been
completely extinguished, whether the smoke has cleared or not, land
immediately at the nearest suitable airfield or landing site.

(a) Engine Fire in Flight

1. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

2. Select appropriate emergency landing field.

When it Seems Certain that the Landing Field Will Be Reached:

3. Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

4. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR
5. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
6. Master switch (ALT/BAT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
7. Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open if required
8. Carry out emergency landing with engine off.

CAUTION
In case of extreme smoke development, the front canopy may be
unlatched during flight. This allows it to partially open, in order to
improve ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position.
Flight characteristics will not be affected significantly.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-19

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

(b) Electrical Fire with Smoke in Flight

1. Emergency switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON if installed

2. Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4. Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open if required
5. Land at an appropriate airfield as soon as possible.

CAUTION
Switching OFF the Master switch (ALT/BAT) will lead to total failure
of all electronic and electric equipment. Also affected from this are
% the backup attitude instruments.

However, by switching the Emergency switch ON (only installed in

the IFR model), the emergency battery will supply power to the
attitude gyro (artificial horizon) and the flood light.

CAUTION
In case of extreme smoke development, the front canopy may be
unlatched during flight. This allows it to partially open, in order to
improve ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position.
Flight characteristics will not be affected significantly.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.4 GLIDING

1. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)

% CONTINUED

Page 3-20 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

NOTE
The glide ratio is 8.8; i.e., for every 1000 ft (305 meter) of altitude
loss the maximum horizontal distance traveled in still air is 1.45 NM
(2.68 km). During this the propeller will continue to windmill.

With a stationary propeller the glide ratio is 10.3; this corresponds

to a maximum horizontal distance of 1.70 NM (3.14 km) for every
1000 ft altitude. In consideration of a safe airspeed however, this
configuration may not be attainable.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.5 EMERGENCY LANDINGS

3.5.1 EMERGENCY LANDING WITH ENGINE OFF

CAUTION
For emergency landing the adjustable backrests (if installed) must
be fixed in the upright position.

1. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . adjust to the upright position

described by a placard on the roll -
over bar and verify proper fixation.
2. Select suitable landing area. If no level landing area is available, a landing on an
upward slope should be sought.
3. Consider wind.
4. Approach: If possible, fly along a short-cut rectangular circuit. On the downwind
leg of the circuit the landing area should be inspected for obstacles
from a suitable height. The degree of offset at each part of the circuit
will allow the wind speed and direction to be assessed.

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-21

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

5. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
6. If time allows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . advise ATC
7. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
%
When It Is Certain That the Landing Field W ill Be Reached:

8. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
9. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tighten

CAUTION
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision
with obstacles can be reduced as follows:

- Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

- Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . OFF

10. Touchdown with the lowest possible airspeed

END OF CHECKLIST

3.5.2 LANDING WITH A DEFECTIVE TIRE ON THE MAIN LANDING GEAR

CAUTION
A defective (e.g. burst) tire is not usually easy to detect. The damage
normally occurs during take-off or landing, and is hardly noticeable
during fast taxiing. It is only during the roll-out after landing or at
lower taxiing speeds that a tendency to swerve occurs. Rapid and
determined action is then required.

% CONTINUED

Page 3-22 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

1. Advise ATC.
2. Land the airplane at the edge of the runway that is located on the side of the intact
tire, so that changes in direction which must be expected during roll-out due to the
braking action of the defective tire can be corrected on the runway.
3. Land with one wing low. The wing on the side of the intact tire should be held low.
4. Direction should be maintained using the rudder. This should be supported by use
of the brake. It is possible that the brake must be applied strongly - if necessary
to the point where the wheel locks. The wide track of the landing gear will prevent
the airplane from tipping over a wide speed range. There is no pronounced tendency
to tip even when skidding.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.5.3 LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES

In general, a landing on grass is recommended in order to reduce the landing run by virtue of
the greater rolling resistance.

CAUTION
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision
can be reduced as follows:

- Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

- Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . LEAN - shut off engine
- Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . OFF

END OF CHECKLIST

3.6 RECOVERY FROM AN UNINTENTIONAL SPIN

CAUTION
Steps 1 to 4 must be carried out immediately and simultaneously.

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-23

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

1. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
2. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . full deflection against direction of
spin
3. Elevator (control stick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fully forward
4. Ailerons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral
5. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP

When Rotation Has Stopped:

6. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral
7. Elevator (control stick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull carefully
8. Return the airplane from a descending into a normal flight attitude. In so doing do
% not exceed the “never exceed speed,” vNE.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.7 OTHER EMERGENCIES

3.7.1 ICING

% (a) Unintentional Flight Into Icing Conditions

1. Leave the icing area (by changing altitude or turning back, in order to reach zones
with a higher ambient temperature).
2. Pitot heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
3. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
4. Air distributor lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • (up)
5. RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase, in order to prevent ice
build-up on the propeller blades
6. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
7. Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open if required

% CONTINUED

Page 3-24 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

CAUTION
Ice build-up increases the stalling speed. If required for safety
reasons, engine speeds up to 2700 RPM are admissible without time
limit.

8. ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . advise if an emergency is expected

CAUTION
When the Pitot heating fails, and the alternate static valve is
installed:

- Alternate static valve . . . . . . . . . . OPEN

- Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . close

END OF CHECKLIST

3.7.2 FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

(a) Complete Failure of the Electrical System

Due to the strong mechanical design as well as due to the required check of the system during
scheduled inspections, a total failure of the electrical system is extremely unlikely. If, nevertheless,
a total failure should occur, all circuit breakers should be checked, pulled and re-set. If this does
not help:

- Set Emergency switch to ON (if installed).

- When necessary, use the flood light for lighting the instruments as well as levers and
switches, etc.
- Set power based on lever positions and engine noise.
- Prepare landing with flaps in the given position.
- Land on the nearest appropriate airfield.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-25

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

(b) Alternator Failure

An alternator failure is indicated by an illuminated or flashing alternator warning light (ALT or

ALTERNATOR) on the annunciator panel and a flashing ammeter on the Vision Microsystems
VM 1000 engine instrument.

% Alternator Failure During Flight

1. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check; if all are OK, proceed with

step 2
2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . switch OFF all equipment which is
not needed
3. Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check regularly

CAUTION
Those items of equipment which are not needed for the safe
operation and secure landing of the airplane can be switched off
with the Essential Bus switch (if installed). When the essential bus
is switched ON, only the following items of equipment are supplied
with power:

- NAV/COM 1.
- Transponder (XPDR).
- Flood light.
- Attitude gyro (artificial horizon).
- VM 1000 engine instrument.
- Annunciator panel.
- GPS (if installed).
- Landing light.
- Pitot heating system.
- Flaps.

CONTINUED

Page 3-26 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

% CAUTION
These items of equipment can be supplied with power by the battery
for at least 30 minutes. Economical use, in particular of the Pitot
heating, and switching off equipment that is not needed extends the
time during which the other equipment remains available. During
the 30 minutes period, the airplane must be landed at a suitable
airfield.

For cases in which the battery capacity is not sufficient to reach a

suitable airfield, an emergency battery is installed in the IFR model,
serving as an additional back-up system for the attitude gyro
(artificial horizon) and flood light. This battery is switched on with
the Emergency switch. It lasts for 1 hour and 30 minutes when the
flood light is switched on.

% END OF CHECKLIST

% Alternator Failure on the Ground

NOTE
An alternator failure may also be indicted on ground with the engine
running on IDLE.

1. Engine speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 RPM

2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

If the caution light does not extinguish, and the ammeter flashes and
reads zero:
- Terminate flight preparation.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-27

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

(c) Starter Malfunction

If the starter does not disengage from the engine after starting (starter warning light (START)
on the annunciator panel remains illuminated or flashing after the engine has started):

1. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
2. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN - shut off engine
3. Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4. Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Terminate flight preparation!

END OF CHECKLIST

(d) Overvoltage

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 Volts) is indicated:

1. Essential bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, if installed

2. Master switch (ALT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

WARNING
Leave Master switch (BAT) ON!

% 3. Equipment that is not needed . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

% (in particular Pitot heat)
4. Land on the nearest appropriate airfield.

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 3-28 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Emergency Procedures

3.7.3 SUSPICION OF CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION IN THE CABIN

Carbon monoxide (CO) is a gas which is developed during the combustion process. It is
poisonous and without smell. Since it occurs however usually together with fuel gases, it can
be detected. Increased concentration of carbon monoxide in closed spaces can be fatal. The
occurrence of CO in the cabin is possible only due to a defect. If a smell similar to exhaust gases
is noticed in the cabin, the measures in the checklist below should be taken:

The DA 40 may be equipped with a CO detector (optional equipment, OÄM 40-253). If the visual
alert annunciator illuminates in flight, press the TEST/RESET button. If the alert continues with
the remote light staying ON or a smell similar to exhaust gases is noticed in the cabin, the
following measures should be taken:

1. Cabin heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

2. Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open
3. Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open
4. Forward canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open

% Be sure the source of contamination is corrected before further flight.

CAUTION
In case of suspicion of carbon monoxide contamination in the cabin,
the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This allows it to
partially open, in order to improve ventilation. The canopy will remain
open in this position. Flight characteristics will not be affected
significantly.

NOTE
The presence of carbon monoxide is indicated by a visual alarm if
OÄM 40-253 is carried out.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 3-29

Revision 10
 Emergency Procedures DA 40 AFM

% 3.7.4 “DOOR”-WARNING LIGHT ON

1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce immediately

2. Canopy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually if closed
3. Rear passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually if closed

% (a) Canopy Unlocked

4. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . below 140 KIAS

5. Land at the next suitable airfield.

% (b) Rear Door Unlocked

4. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . below 140 KIAS

5. Land at the next suitable airfield.

WARNING
Do not try to lock the rear door in flight. The safety latch may
disengage and the door opens. Usually this results in a separation
of the door from the airplane.

NOTE
If the rear door has been lost the airplane can be safely flown to the
next suitable airfield.

END OF CHECKLIST

3.7.5 EMERGENCY EXIT

In case of a roll-over of the airplane on ground, it can be evacuated through the rear door. For
this purpose release the front hinge of the rear door. The function is displayed on a placard next
to the hinge.

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 3-30 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

CHAPTER 4A
NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
Page

% 4A.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-3

% 4A.2 AIRSPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-3
4A.3 CHECKLISTS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . 4A-3
4A.3.1 PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-3
4A.3.2 BEFORE STARTING ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-11
4A.3.3 STARTING ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-13
% 4A.3.4 BEFORE TAXIING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-17
% 4A.3.5 TAXIING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-19
% 4A.3.6 BEFORE TAKE-OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-20
% 4A.3.7 TAKE-OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-23
% 4A.3.8 CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-24
% 4A.3.9 CRUISE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-26
% 4A.3.10 MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-27
% 4A.3.11 DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-28
% 4A.3.12 LANDING APPROACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-29
% 4A.3.13 GO-AROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-30
% 4A.3.14 AFTER LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-30
% 4A.3.15 ENGINE SHUT-DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-31
% 4A.3.16 POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-31
% 4A.3.17 FLIGHT IN RAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-32
% 4A.3.18 REFUELING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-32
% 4A.3.19 FLIGHT AT HIGH ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-33

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-1

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 4A-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

4A.1 INTRODUCTION

Chapter 4A contains checklists and describes extended procedures for the normal operation
of the airplane.

4A.2 AIRSPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES

Flight Mass 850 kg 1000 kg 1150 kg 1200 kg

Event 1874 lb 2205 lb 2535 lb 2646 lb
Airspeed for take-off climb
(best rate-of-climb speed vY) 54 KIAS 60 KIAS 66 KIAS 67 KIAS
(Flaps T/O)
Airspeed for cruise climb
60 KIAS 68 KIAS 73 KIAS 76 KIAS
(Flaps UP)
Approach speed for normal landing
58 KIAS 63 KIAS 71 KIAS 73 KIAS
(Flaps LDG)
Minimum speed during touch & go
54 KIAS 60 KIAS 66 KIAS 67 KIAS
(Flaps T/O)

4A.3 CHECKLISTS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES

4A.3.1 PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION

% (a) Cabin Check

a) MET, NAV, mass & CG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . flight planning completed

b) Airplane documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete and up-to-date
c) Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pulled out
d) Front canopy and rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . clean, undamaged, check locking
mechanism function
e) All electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-3

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

f) Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set in (if one has been pulled,

check reason)
g) Engine control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check condition, freedom of
movement and full travel of throttle,
RPM and mixture levers
h) Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
i) Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN
j) RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM
k) Master switch (BAT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
% l) Annunciator panel (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . check function (see 7.11)
% m) PFD annunciations (if G1000 is installed) . . . check
% n) Fuel quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

NOTE
% Standard Tank (conventional instrument panel):

Depending on the type of fuel probes installed, the indicator can read
a maximum of 15 US gal or 17 US gal (refer to Section 7.10 for
details). When the fuel quantity indicator reads the maximum amount
of fuel detectable, the correct fuel quantity must be determined with
the fuel quantity measuring device. If this measurement is not carried
out, the fuel quantity available for flight planning is the indicated
amount.

% Standard Tank (G1000 instrument panel):

% When the fuel indicator reads 17 US gal, the correct fuel quantity
% must be determined with the fuel quantity measuring device. If this
% measurement is not carried out, the fuel quantity available for flight
% planning is 17 US gal.

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

% NOTE
% Long Range Tank (conventional instrument panel):

At an indication of 16 US gal the quantity of auxiliary fuel can be

determined by switching the AUX FUEL QTY switch to the respective
position (LH or RH). The auxiliary fuel quantity is added to the 16
US gal.

An auxiliary fuel quantity of less than 3 US gal cannot be indicated

by the system. In this case the quantity must be determined by
means of the fuel quantity measuring device (see Section 7.10 -
FUEL SYSTEM).

% Long Range Tank (G1000 instrument panel):

% When the fuel indicator reads 16 US gal the correct fuel quantity
% must be determined with the fuel quantity measuring device. There
% are 3 US gal of ungauged fuel from 16 to 19 US gal. If this
% measurement is not carried out, the fuel quantity available for flight
% is 16 US gal.

CAUTION
% Long Range Tank (conventional instrument panel):

The correct indication of the fuel quantity takes 2 minutes after

actuation of the switch.

% o) Position lights, strobe lights (ACLs) . . . . . . . . check

% p) Master switch (BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
% q) Check for loose items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete
% r) Flight controls and trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free to move and correct
% s) Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stowed and secure
% t) Emergency axe (if OÄM 40-326 installed) . . . stowed and secure

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-5

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% u) Emergency egress hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . stowed and secure

% (if OÄM 40-401 installed)
% v) Fire extinguisher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . charged and secure

END OF CHECKLIST

% (b) Walk-Around Check, Visual Inspection

CAUTION
A visual inspection means: examination for damage, cracks,
delamination, excessive play, load transmission, correct attachment
and general condition. In addition control surfaces should be
checked for freedom of movement.

CAUTION
In low ambient temperatures the airplane must be completely
cleared of ice, snow and similar accumulations. For approved de-
icing fluids refer to Section 8.6 - DE-ICING ON THE GROUND.

CAUTION
Prior to flight, remove such items as control surfaces gust lock, Pitot
cover, tow bar, etc.

% Left Main Landing Gear:

a) Landing gear strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Strut fairing (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
c) Wheel fairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
d) Tire inflation pressure (2.5 bar/36 PSI) . . . . . check
e) Wear, tread depth of tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
f) Tire, wheel, brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
g) Brake line connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for leaks
h) Slip marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
% CONTINUED

Page 4A-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

i) Chocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove

% Left Wing:

a) Entire wing surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
c) Air intake on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
d) Openings on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for traces of fuel (if tank is
full, fuel may spill over through the
tank vent)
e) Tank drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off a small quantity, check for
water and sediment
f) Stall warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check (suck on opening)
g) Tank filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, fuel quantity must
agree with indicator
h) Tank air outlet in lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
i) 2 stall strips on wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
j) Pitot probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . clean, orifices open
k) Landing/taxi light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
l) Wing tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
m) Position light, strobe light (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
n) Mooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, clear
o) Aileron and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
p) Aileron hinges and safety pin. . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
q) Foreign objects in aileron paddle . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
r) Flap and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
s) Flap hinges and safety pin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

% Fuselage, Left Side:

a) Canopy, left side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Rear cabin door & window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-7

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

c) Fuselage skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

d) Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
% e) Autopilot static source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage
(if OÄM 40-267 installed)

% Empennage:

a) Stabilizers and control surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
c) Elevator trim tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, check locking
wire
d) Rudder trim tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
e) Mooring on fin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, clear
f) Tail skid and lower fin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
g) Towing assembly, if fitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

% Fuselage, Right Side:

a) Fuselage skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
c) Canopy, right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
% d) Autopilot static source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage
(if OÄM 40-267 installed)

% Right Wing:

a) Flap and linkage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Flap hinges and safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
c) Aileron and linkage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
d) Aileron hinges and safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
e) Foreign objects in aileron paddle . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
f) Wing tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

g) Position light, strobe light (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

h) Mooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, clear
i) Entire wing surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
j) 2 stall strips on wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
k) Tank air outlet in lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
l) Tank filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual check, fuel quantity must
agree with indicator
m) Openings on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for traces of fuel (if tank is
full, fuel may spill over through the
tank vent)
n) Tank drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off a small quantity, check for
water and sediment
o) Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

% Right Main Landing Gear:

a) Landing gear strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

b) Strut fairing (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
c) Wheel fairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
d) Tire inflation pressure (2.5 bar/36 PSI) . . . . . check
e) Wear, tread depth of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
f) Tire, wheel, brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
g) Brake line connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for leaks
h) Slip marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
i) Chocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove

% Front Fuselage:

a) Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check dipstick,

min. 4 qts for VFR operation
min. 6 qts for IFR operation
b) Cowling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-9

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

c) 3 air intakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . clear

d) Propeller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection; blade shake:
max. 3 mm (1/8 in); angular play
of blade: max. 2°

WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand while the ignition is switched on,
as it may result in serious personal injury.

e) Spinner including attachment screws. . . . . . . visual inspection

f) Nose landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
g) Tire and wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
h) Slip marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
i) Nose landing gear strut fairing (if installed) . . visual inspection
j) Nose landing gear tie-down (if installed) . . . . check, clear
k) Wear, tread depth of tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
l) Wheel fairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
m) Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . removed
n) Tire inflation pressure (2.0 bar/29 PSI) . . . . . check
o) Chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove
p) Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
q) Forward cabin air inlets (if installed). . . . . . . . clear
r) Winter baffle for fresh air inlet (if installed). . . visual inspection

WARNING
The exhaust can cause burns when it is hot.

Underside:

s) Antennas (if fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection

t) Gascolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off a small quantity of fuel,
check for water and sediment

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

u) Venting pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage

v) Fuselage underside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for excessive contamination
particularly by oil, fuel, and other fluids

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.2 BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

CAUTION
For take-off the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in
the upright position.

NOTE
The pilot must ensure that a passenger sitting on a front seat is
instructed in the operation of the adjustable backrest (if installed).

1. Pre-flight inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete

2. Rudder pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjusted
3. Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . instructed
4. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . adjust to the upright position described
by a placard on the roll-over bar and
% verify proper fixation
5. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . all on and fastened
6. Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, secured
7. Rear door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed and locked
8. Door lock (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unblocked, key removed

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-11

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
When operating the canopy, ensure that there are no obstructions
between the canopy and the mating frame, for example seat belts,
clothing, etc. When operating the locking handle do NOT apply
undue force.

A slight downward pressure on the canopy may be required to ease

handle operation.

% 9. Front canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . position 1 or 2 (cooling gap)

10. Canopy lock (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unblocked, key removed
11. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set
12. Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free movement
13. Trim wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
14. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
15. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM
16. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN
17. Friction device, throttle quadrant . . . . . . . . . . adjusted
18. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED
19. Alternate static valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED, if installed
20. Avionics Master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
21. Essential Bus switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF, if installed

CAUTION
When the essential bus is switched ON, the battery will not be
charged unless the essential tie relay bypass (OÄM 40-126) is
installed.

% 22. Master switch (BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON (if G1000 is equipped, wait until

% power-up is complete, press ENT
% on MFD to acknowledge)

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

23. Annunciator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test (see Section 7.11)

24. Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on full tank

WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand while the ignition is switched on,
as it may result in serious personal injury.

Never try to start the engine by hand.

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.3 STARTING ENGINE

(a) Cold Engine

1. Strobe light (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

% 2. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, note pump noise (functional check
of pump)
3. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 cm (1.2 in) forward from IDLE
(measured from rear of slot)
4. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RICH for 3 - 5 sec, then LEAN
5. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 cm (0.4 in) forward from IDLE
(measured from rear of slot)

WARNING
Before starting the engine the pilot must ensure that the propeller
area is free, and no persons can be endangered.

CAUTION
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter motor
for more than 10 seconds. After operating the starter motor, let it
cool off for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to start the engine, let the
starter cool off for half an hour.
CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-13

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% CAUTION
% Before starting the engine and until the engine is shut down, the
% canopy must be closed and latched in position 1 or 2 (cooling gap),
% and the door must be closed and latched.

% During engine operation, it is prohibited to enter or exit the airplane.

CAUTION
The use of an external pre-heater and external power source is
recommended whenever possible, in particular at ambient
temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), to reduce wear and abuse to the
engine and electrical system. Refer to 4B.8 - STARTING THE
ENGINE WITH EXTERNAL POWER. Pre-heat will thaw the oil
trapped in the oil cooler, which can be congealed in extremely cold
temperatures. After a warm-up period of approximately 2 to 5
minutes (depending on the ambient temperature) at 1500 RPM, the
engine is ready for take-off if it accelerates smoothly and the oil
pressure is normal and steady.

6. Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START

When Engine Fires:

7. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rapidly move to RICH

8. Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . green sector within 15 sec
9. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

WARNING
If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15
seconds after starting, SWITCH OFF ENGINE and investigate
problem.

10. Master switch (ALT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

11. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

12. Fuel pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check (14 PSI to 35 PSI)
13. Annunciator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

END OF CHECKLIST

(b) Warm Engine

1. Strobe light (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

2. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, note pump noise and fuel
pressure increase
3. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 cm (1.2 in) forward from IDLE
(measured from rear of slot)
4. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RICH for 1 - 3 sec, then LEAN

WARNING
Before starting the engine the pilot must ensure that the propeller
area is free and no persons can be endangered.

CAUTION
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter motor
for more than 10 seconds. After operating the starter motor, let it
cool off for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to start the engine, let the
starter cool off for half an hour.

% CAUTION
% Before starting the engine and until the engine is shut down, the
% canopy must be closed and latched in position 1 or 2 (cooling gap),
% and the door must be closed and latched.

% During engine operation, it is prohibited to enter or exit the airplane.

5. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START

CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-15

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

When Engine Fires:

6. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rapidly move to RICH

7. Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . green sector within 15 sec

WARNING
If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15
seconds after starting, SWITCH OFF ENGINE and investigate
problem.

8. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

9. Master switch (ALT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
10. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
11. Fuel pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check (14 PSI to 35 PSI)
12. Annunciator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

END OF CHECKLIST

% (c) Engine Will Not Start After Injection (Flooded Engine)

1. Strobe light (ACL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

2. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN, fully aft
4. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . at mid position

WARNING
Before starting the engine the pilot must ensure that the propeller
area is free and no persons can be endangered.

CAUTION
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter motor
for more than 10 seconds. After operating the starter motor, let it
cool off for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to start the engine, let the
starter cool off for half an hour.
CONTINUED

Page 4A-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

% CAUTION
% Before starting the engine, and until the engine is shut down, the
% canopy must be closed and latched in position 1 or 2 (cooling gap),
% and the door must be closed and latched.

% During engine operation, it is prohibited to enter or exit the airplane.

5. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START

% When Engine Fires:

% 6. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull back towards IDLE

7. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rapidly move to RICH
8. Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . green sector within 15 sec

WARNING
If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15
seconds after starting, SWITCH OFF ENGINE and investigate
problem.

9. Master switch (ALT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

10. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
11. Fuel pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check (14 PSI to 35 PSI)
12. Annunciator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.4 BEFORE TAXIING

1. Avionics Master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON as required
3. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP - T/O - LDG - T/O (indicator and
visual check)
4. Flight instruments and avionics . . . . . . . . . . . set, test function, as required

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-17

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

5. Flood light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, test function, as required

6. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, if required increase RPM
7. Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . change tanks, confirm that engine
also runs on other tank (at least 1
minute at 1500 RPM)
8. Pitot heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, test function; ammeter must show
% rise, and if G1000 is equipped, no
% yellow PITOT FAIL annunciation
9. Pitot heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF if not required, check
% annunciation, if G1000 is equipped,
% yellow PITOT HT OFF annunciation
10. Strobe lights (ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON, as required
11. Position lights, landing and taxi lights. . . . . . . ON, as required

CAUTION
When taxiing at close range to other aircraft, or during night flight
in clouds, fog or haze, the strobe lights should be switched OFF.
The position lights must always be switched ON during night flight.

12. Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, 600 to 800 RPM

% If G1000 is equipped:

% NOTE
% The GFC 700 AFCS system automatically conducts a preflight self-
% test upon initial power application. The preflight test is indicated by
% a white boxed PFT on the PFD. Upon successful completion of the
% preflight test, the PFT is removed, the red AFCS annunciation is
% removed, and the autopilot disconnect tone sounds.

% 13. Primary flight display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO AUTOPILOT ANNUNCIATIONS

% (if autopilot GFC 700 is installed)

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-18 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

% 14. Autopilot disconnect tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTE (if autopilot GFC 700 is

% installed)
% 15. MANUAL ELECTRIC TRIM - TEST as follows (if autopilot GFC 700 is installed):
% Press the AP DISC button down, and hold while commanding trim. Manual electric
% trim should not operate either nose up or down.
% 16. AUTOPILOT (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . engage by pressing AP button
% 17. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press, verify that the autopilot
% disconnects, check tone (if GFC 700
% is installed)
% 18. TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to take-off position manually
%
% END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.5 TAXIING

1. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release

2. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test on moving off
% 3. Flight instrumentation and avionics . . . . . . . . check for correct indications
(particularly directional gyro and
turn and bank indicator)

CAUTION
When taxiing on a poor surface select the lowest possible RPM to
avoid damage to the propeller from stones or similar items.

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-19

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
Following extended operation on the ground, or at high ambient
temperatures, the following indications of fuel vapor lock may
appear:

- Arbitrary changes in idle RPM and fuel flow.

- Slow reaction of the engine to operation of throttle.
- Engine will not run with throttle in IDLE position.

Remedy:
1. For about 1 to 2 minutes, or until the engine settles, run at
a speed of 1800 to 2000 RPM. Oil and cylinder head
temperatures must stay within limits.

2. Pull throttle back to IDLE to confirm smooth running.

3. Set throttle to 1200 RPM and mixture for taxiing, i.e., use
mixture control lever to set the maximum RPM attainable.

4. Immediately before the take-off run set the mixture for take-
off, apply full throttle and hold this position for 10 seconds.

NOTE
Vapor lock can be avoided if the engine is run at speeds of 1800
RPM or more. This results in lower fuel temperatures.

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.6 BEFORE TAKE-OFF

CAUTION
Before take-off, the engine must run on each tank for at least 1
minute at 1500 RPM.

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-20 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

CAUTION
For take-off the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in
the upright position.

% 1. Position airplane into wind if possible.

2. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set
% 3. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . verify upright position and proper
fixation
4. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on and fastened
5. Rear door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check closed and locked
6. Front canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed and locked

CAUTION
When operating the canopy, ensure that there are no obstructions
in between the canopy and the mating frame, for example seat belts,
clothing, etc. When operating the locking handle do NOT apply
undue force.

A slight downward pressure on the canopy may be required to ease

handle operation.

% 7. Door warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF (DOOR, DOORS, or

% DOOR OPEN)
8. Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fullest tank
9. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in green sector
10. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pressed in
11. Fuel pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check (approx. 14 - 35 PSI)
12. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
13. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RICH (below 5000 ft)

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-21

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

NOTE
At a density altitude of 5000 ft or above or at high ambient
temperatures a fully rich mixture can cause rough running of the
engine or a loss of performance. The mixture should be set for
smooth running of the engine.

14. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check T/O

15. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check T/O
16. Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free movement, correct sense
17. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 RPM
18. RPM lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull back until a drop of 250 to 500
RPM is reached - HIGH RPM; cycle
3 times
19. Magneto check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L - BOTH - R - BOTH
% Max. RPM drop: 175 RPM
% Max. difference: 50 RPM
If the electronic ignition control unit
is installed, the ignition status light
must illuminate and extinguish after
approximately 20 to 30 sec

CAUTION
The lack of an RPM drop suggests a faulty grounding or incorrect
ignition timing. In case of doubt the magneto check can be repeated
with a leaner mixture, in order to confirm a problem. Even when
running on only one magneto the engine should not run unduly
roughly.

20. Circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check in

21. Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check in green range
22. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-22 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

% If G1000 is installed:

% a) Flight plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . entered

% b) Altimeter setting (G1000 NXi and standby) . . checked and set
% c) Altitude preselector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set
% d) Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set and checked
% e) Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . code set

23. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release

24. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check CLOSED
25. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON as required
26. Pitot heating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON as required

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.7 TAKE-OFF

% (a) Normal Take-Off Procedure

1. Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON/ALT
2. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check HIGH RPM
3. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR (not abruptly)

WARNING
The proper performance of the engine at full throttle should be
checked early in the take-off procedure, so that the take-off can be
aborted if necessary.

A rough engine, sluggish RPM increase, or failure to reach take-off

RPM (2680 ± 20 RPM) are reasons for aborting the take-off. If the
engine oil is cold, an oil pressure in the yellow sector is permissible.

4. Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral
5. Rudder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain direction

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-23

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

NOTE
In strong crosswinds steering can be augmented by use of the toe
brakes. It should be noted, however, that this method increases the
take-off roll, and should not generally be used.

6. Nose wheel lift-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . at vR = 59 KIAS

7. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
66 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
60 KIAS (below 1000 kg, 2205 lb)

Above a Safe Height:

8. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM

9. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
10. Landing light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.8 CLIMB

% (a) Procedure for Best Rate of Climb

1. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
66 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
60 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
54 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
3. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM
4. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR
5. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RICH, above 5000 ft hold EGT
constant
6. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in green sector
7. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
8. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON at high altitudes

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-24 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

CAUTION
Operation at high altitudes with the electrical fuel pump OFF may
cause vapor bubbles, resulting in intermittent low fuel pressure
indications, sometimes followed by high fuel flow indications.

END OF CHECKLIST

% (b) Cruise Climb

1. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
3. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM
4. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR
5. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RICH, above 5000 ft hold EGT
constant
6. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in green sector
7. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
8. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON at high altitudes

CAUTION
Operation at high altitudes with the electrical fuel pump OFF may
cause vapor bubbles, resulting in intermittent low fuel pressure
indications, sometimes followed by high fuel flow indications.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-25

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

4A.3.9 CRUISE

1. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
2. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set performance according to table
3. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 - 2400 RPM

NOTE
Favorable combinations of manifold pressure and RPM are given
in Chapter 5.

NOTE
To optimize engine life the cylinder head temperature (CHT) should
lie between 150 °F (66 °C) and 400 °F (204 °C) in continuous
operation, and not rise above 435 °F (224 °C) in fast cruise.

NOTE
The oil temperature in continuous operation should lie between
165 °F (74 °C) and 220 °F (104 °C). If possible, the oil temperature
should not remain under 180 °F (82 °C) for long periods, so as to
% avoid accumulation of condensation.

4. Mixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set in accordance with 4A.3.10 -

MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT
5. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
6. Fuel tank selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
(max. difference 10 US gal with
Standard Tank, 8 US gal with Long
Range Tank)
7. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON at high altitudes

% CONTINUED

Page 4A-26 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

CAUTION
Operation at high altitudes with the electrical fuel pump OFF may
cause vapor bubbles, resulting in intermittent low fuel pressure
indications, sometimes followed by high fuel flow indications.

NOTE
While switching from one tank to the other, the electrical fuel pump
should be switched ON.

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.10 MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT

CAUTION
1. The maximum permissible cylinder head temperature (500 °F
(260 °C)) must never be exceeded.
2. The mixture control lever should always be moved slowly.
3. Before selecting a higher power setting the mixture control lever
should, on each occasion, be moved slowly to fully RICH.
4. Care should always be taken that the cylinders do not cool down
too quickly. The cooling rate should not exceed 50 °F (22.8 °C)
per minute.

% (a) Best Economy Mixture

The best economy mixture setting may only be used up to a power setting of 75 %. In order
to obtain the lowest specific fuel consumption at a particular power setting proceed as follows:
Slowly pull the mixture control lever back towards LEAN until the engine starts to run roughly.
Then push the mixture control lever forward just far enough to restore smooth running. At the
same time the exhaust gas temperature (EGT) should reach a maximum.

The exact value of EGT can be obtained by pressing the far left button on the engine instrument
unit VM 1000. In the Lean mode one bar represents 10 °F (4.6 °C).

CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-27

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% (b) Best Power Mixture

The mixture can be set for maximum performance at all power settings. The mixture should
% first be set as for “best economy.” The mixture should then be enriched until the exhaust gas
temperature is approximately 100 °F (55 °C) lower.

This mixture setting produces the maximum performance for a given manifold pressure and
is mainly used for high power settings (approximately 75 %).

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.11 DESCENT

1. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust as required for the altitude,

operate slowly
2. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 - 2400 RPM
3. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
4. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON at high altitudes

CAUTION
When reducing power, the change in cylinder head temperature
should not exceed 50 °F (22.8 °C) per minute. This is normally
% guaranteed by the “self-adapting inlet.” An excessive cooling rate
may occur however, when the engine is very hot and the throttle
is reduced abruptly in a fast descent. This will be indicated by a
flashing cylinder head temperature indication.

CAUTION
Operation at high altitudes with the electrical fuel pump OFF may
cause vapor bubbles, resulting in intermittent low fuel pressure
indications, sometimes followed by high fuel flow indications.

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 4A-28 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

4A.3.12 LANDING APPROACH

CAUTION
For landing the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in
the upright position.

1. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . adjust to the upright position

described by a placard on the roll-
over bar and verify proper fixation.
2. Fuel selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fullest tank
3. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
4. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fastened
5. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce to operate flaps (108 KIAS)
6. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
7. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
8. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required

% (a) Before Landing

9. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RICH

10. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM
11. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
12. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce to operate flaps (91 KIAS)
13. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
14. Approach speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
71 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
67 KIAS (1092 kg, 2407 lb)
63 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
58 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)

CAUTION
% In conditions such as strong winds, wind shear, or turbulence, a
higher approach speed should be selected.
% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-29

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

NOTE
In case of airplanes with a maximum landing mass less than the
maximum permitted flight mass, a landing with a higher mass
constitutes an abnormal operating procedure. Refer to Sections 2.7 -
MASS (WEIGHT) and 4B.7 - LANDING WITH HIGH LANDING
MASS.

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.13 GO-AROUND

1. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR

2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
66 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
60 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
54 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
3. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O

% (a) Above a Safe Height

4. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM

5. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
6. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
7. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.14 AFTER LANDING

1. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
2. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
3. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
% CONTINUED

Page 4A-30 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

4. Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / STBY

5. Pitot heating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
6. Avionics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
7. Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
8. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.15 ENGINE SHUT-DOWN

1. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set

2. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
3. Avionics Master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4. All electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
5. Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 RPM
6. Ignition check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF until RPM drops noticeably,
then immediately BOTH again
7. Mixture control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN - shut engine off
8. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

% CAUTION
% If the G1000 NXi is installed, wait until the engine indications on the
% MFD are red X’d or yellow X’d prior to switching the Master switch
% off. This ensures that the engine and flight data can be written to
% non-volatile memory before removing electrical power.

9. Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.16 POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION

1. Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF, remove key

2. Master switch (BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-31

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

3. Avionics Master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

% 4. ELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check inactive: listen on 121.5 MHz
5. Avionics Master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
6. Master switch (BAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
7. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release, use chocks
8. Airplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . moor, if unsupervised for extended
period

NOTE
If the airplane is not operated for more than 5 days, the long-term
parking procedure should be applied. If the airplane is not operated
for more than 30 days, the storage procedure should be applied.
Both procedures are described in the Airplane Maintenance Manual
(Doc. No. 6.02.01) in Chapter 10.

END OF CHECKLIST

4A.3.17 FLIGHT IN RAIN

NOTE
Performance deteriorates in rain; this applies particularly to the take-
off distance and to the maximum horizontal speed. The effect on
the flight characteristics is minimal. Flight through very heavy rain
should be avoided because of the associated visibility problems.

4A.3.18 REFUELING

CAUTION
Before refueling, the airplane must be connected to electrical
ground. Grounding points: unpainted areas (latches) on steps, left
and right.

Page 4A-32 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Normal Operating Procedures

4A.3.19 FLIGHT AT HIGH ALTITUDE

At high altitudes the provision of oxygen for the occupants is necessary. Legal requirements
for the provision of oxygen should be adhered to.

Also see Section 2.11 - OPERATING ALTITUDE.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4A-33

Revision 10
 Normal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 4A-34 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Abnormal Operating Procedures

CHAPTER 4B
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
Page

% 4B.1 PRECAUTIONARY LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-3

4B.2 INSTRUMENT INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE. . . . . . . . . 4B-4
% 4B.2.1 HIGH OIL PRESSURE WHEN STARTING IN LOW . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-4
% AMBIENT TEMPERATURES
% 4B.2.2 HIGH MANIFOLD PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-4
% 4B.2.3 OIL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-4
% 4B.2.4 CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE AND EXHAUST . . . . . . . . . . 4B-4
% GAS TEMPERATURE
4B.3 FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-5
% 4B.3.1 LOW VOLTAGE CAUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-5
% 4B.3.2 ELECTRONIC IGNITION CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-6
% 4B.4 TAKE-OFF FROM A SHORT GRASS STRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-6
% 4B.5 FAILURES IN FLAP OPERATING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-7
% 4B.5.1 FAILURE IN POSITION INDICATION OR FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . 4B-7
% 4B.5.2 MODIFIED APPROACH PROCEDURE DEPENDING ON . . . . . . . 4B-7
% THE AVAILABLE FLAP SETTING
% 4B.6 FAILURES IN ELECTRICAL RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . 4B-8
% 4B.7 LANDING WITH HIGH LANDING MASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-8
% 4B.8 STARTING THE ENGINE WITH EXTERNAL POWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-9
% 4B.9 STATIC SOURCE BLOCKED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-11

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4B-1

Revision 10
 Abnormal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 4B-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Abnormal Operating Procedures

4B.1 PRECAUTIONARY LANDING

NOTE
A landing of this type is only necessary when there is a reasonable
suspicion that due to fuel shortage, weather conditions, or at nightfall
the possibility of endangering the airplane and its occupants by
continuing the flight cannot be excluded. The pilot is required to
decide whether or not a controlled landing in a field represents a
lower risk than the attempt to reach the target airfield under all
circumstances.

NOTE
If no level landing area is available, a landing on an upward slope
should be sought.

1. Select appropriate landing area.

2. Consider wind.
3. Approach: If possible, the landing area should be overflown at a suitable height
in order to recognize obstacles. The degree of offset at each part of
the circuit will allow the wind speed and direction to be assessed.
4. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
5. ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . advise

On Final Approach:

6. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
7. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tighten
8. Touchdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with the lowest possible airspeed

% CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4B-3

Revision 10
 Abnormal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
% If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision
with obstacles can be reduced as follows:

- Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

- Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Master switch (ALT/BAT) . . . . . . . OFF

END OF CHECKLIST

4B.2 INSTRUMENT INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE

% 4B.2.1 HIGH OIL PRESSURE WHEN STARTING IN LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES

- Reduce RPM and re-check oil pressure at a higher oil temperature.

- If on reducing the RPM the indicated oil pressure does not change, it is probable that
the fault lies in the oil pressure indication. Terminate flight preparation.

% 4B.2.2 HIGH MANIFOLD PRESSURE

If the manifold pressure indicator is clearly above the green range, the reading is faulty. In this
case the performance settings should be undertaken by means of the lever settings. The airplane
should be serviced.

% 4B.2.3 OIL TEMPERATURE

A constant reading of the oil temperature of 26 °F (-3 °C) or 317 °F (158 °C) suggests a faulty
oil temperature sensor. The airplane should be serviced.

% 4B.2.4 CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE AND EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE

A very low reading of CHT or EGT for a single cylinder may be the result of a loose sensor. In
this case the reading will indicate the temperature of the engine compartment. The airplane
should be serviced.

END OF CHECKLIST

Page 4B-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Abnormal Operating Procedures

4B.3 FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

% 4B.3.1 LOW VOLTAGE CAUTION

This caution is indicated when the normal on-board voltage (28 V) drops below 24 V.

Possible reasons are:

- A fault in the power supply.

- RPM too low.

% (a) “Low Voltage” Caution on the Ground

1. Engine speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 RPM

2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
If the caution light does not go out, and the ammeter flashes and reads zero:
- Terminate flight preparation.

% (b) “Low Voltage” Caution During Flight

1. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF if not needed

2. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
If the caution light does not go out, and the ammeter flashes and reads zero:
- Follow procedure in 3.7.2 (b) - ALTERNATOR FAILURE.

% (c) “Low Voltage” Caution During Landing

% - Follow (a) after landing.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4B-5

Revision 10
 Abnormal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% 4B.3.2 ELECTRONIC IGNITION CONTROL UNIT

If the electronic ignition control unit is installed but inoperative, the white status light for the ignition
(IGN or IGNITION) will be illuminated, and the conventional magneto ignition will take over the
ignition control.

The flight can be continued normally. However, fuel consumption will slightly increase, and engine
starting will become difficult.

END OF CHECKLIST

4B.4 TAKE-OFF FROM A SHORT GRASS STRIP

1. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apply
2. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
3. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR
4. Elevator (control stick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fully aft
5. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release
6. Hold direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . using rudder

NOTE
In strong crosswinds steering can be augmented by use of the toe
brakes. It should be noted, however, that this method increases the
take-off roll, and should not generally be used.

7. Elevator (control stick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release slowly, when nose wheel

% has lifted allow airplane to lift off as
soon as possible and increase
speed at low level

% CONTINUED

Page 4B-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Abnormal Operating Procedures

8. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

66 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
60 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
54 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
9. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM, above safe altitude
10. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP, above safe altitude
11. Electrical fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF, above safe altitude
12. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required

END OF CHECKLIST

4B.5 FAILURES IN FLAP OPERATING SYSTEM

% 4B.5.1 FAILURE IN POSITION INDICATION OR FUNCTION

- Check flap position visually.

- Keep airspeed in white sector.
- Re-check all positions of the flap switch.

% 4B.5.2 MODIFIED APPROACH PROCEDURE DEPENDING ON THE AVAILABLE FLAP

% SETTING

% (a) Only UP or T/O Available

Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)

Land at a flat approach angle, use throttle to control airplane speed and rate of descent.

% (b) Only LDG Available

Perform normal landing.

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4B-7

Revision 10
 Abnormal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

4B.6 FAILURES IN ELECTRICAL RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENT

% (a) Runaway of Electrical Rudder Pedal Adjustment (Optional Equipment, OÄM 40-251)

NOTE
The circuit breaker for the rudder pedal adjustment is located below
the related switch, on the rear wall of the leg room.

1. Circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull

END OF CHECKLIST

4B.7 LANDING WITH HIGH LANDING MASS

NOTE
This Section only applies to airplanes with a maximum landing mass
less than the maximum flight mass. All landings with a current flight
mass not exceeding the maximum permissible landing mass
constitutes a normal operating procedure. Refer to Sections 2.7 -
MASS (WEIGHT) and 4A.3.12 - LANDING APPROACH.

NOTE
The maximum landing mass given in Chapter 2 is the highest mass
for landing conditions at the maximum descent velocity. This velocity
was used in the strength calculations to determine the landing gear
loads during a particularly hard landing.

Perform landing approach and landing according to Chapter 4A, but maintain an increased
airspeed during landing approach.

Approach speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

71 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)

% CONTINUED

Page 4B-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Abnormal Operating Procedures

WARNING
% Damage to the landing gear can result from a hard landing with a
flight mass above the maximum landing mass.

END OF CHECKLIST

4B.8 STARTING THE ENGINE WITH EXTERNAL POWER

WARNING
The use of an external power supply for engine starting with an
empty airplane battery is not permitted if the subsequent flight is
intended to be an IFR flight. In this case the airplane battery must
be charged first.

WARNING
The external power supply must be operated by a person made
aware of the associated procedures. Special care is required due
to the proximity of the propeller area.

NOTE
Starting the engine with external power is recommended in
particular at ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), to reduce
wear and abuse to the engine and electrical system.

1. Pre-flight inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete

2. Rudder pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjusted
3. Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . instructed
4. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . all on and fastened
5. Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, secured
6. Rear door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed and locked
7. Door lock (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unblocked, key removed

CONTINUED

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4B-9

Revision 10
 Abnormal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
When operating the canopy, ensure that there are no obstructions
between the canopy and the mating frame, for example seat belts,
clothing, etc. When operating the locking handle do NOT apply
undue force.

A slight downward pressure on the canopy may be required to ease

handle operation.

% 8. Front canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . position 1 or 2 (cooling gap)

9. Canopy lock (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unblocked, key removed
10. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set
11. Flight controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . free movement
12. Trim wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
13. Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
14. RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM
15. Mixture control lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAN
16. Friction device, throttle quadrant . . . . . . . . . . adjusted
17. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED
18. Alternate static valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED, if installed
19. Avionics Master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
20. Essential Bus switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF, if installed

CAUTION
When the essential bus is switched ON, the battery will not be
charged unless the essential tie relay bypass (OÄM 40-126) is
installed.

21. External power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . connect

22. Master switch (BAT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

% CONTINUED

Page 4B-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Abnormal Operating Procedures

23. Annunciator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test (see Section 7.11)

24. Fuel tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on full tank

WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand while the ignition is switched on,
as it may result in serious personal injury.

Never try to start the engine by hand.

% 25. Starting engine procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . execute (see Section 4A.3.3 -

% STARTING ENGINE)
26. External power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . disconnect, close access panel
27. Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
28. Master switch (ALT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF, note decrease of ammeter
reading
29. Master switch (ALT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

END OF CHECKLIST

4B.9 ERRONEOUS INDICATIONS OF AIRSPEED OR ALTITUDE

Erroneous indications on the airspeed indicator, altimeter, vertical speed indicator, or erroneous
behavior of the autopilot (if equipped) may be the result of a static source blockage.

1. Alternate static source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN

2. Pitot heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
3. Emergency window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSE

END OF CHECKLIST

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 4B-11

Revision 10
 Abnormal Operating Procedures DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 4B-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

CHAPTER 5
PERFORMANCE

Page

% 5.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

% 5.2 USE OF THE PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
% 5.3 PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
% 5.3.1 AIRSPEED CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
% 5.3.2 TABLE FOR SETTING ENGINE PERFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
% 5.3.3 PRESSURE ALTITUDE - DENSITY ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
% 5.3.4 STALLING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
% 5.3.5 WIND COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
% 5.3.6 TAKE-OFF DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
% 5.3.7 CLIMB PERFORMANCE - TAKE-OFF CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
% 5.3.8 CLIMB PERFORMANCE - CRUISE CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
% 5.3.9 CRUISING TRUE AIRSPEED (TAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
% 5.3.10 LANDING DISTANCE - FLAPS LDG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
% 5.3.11 LANDING DISTANCE - FLAPS UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
% 5.3.12 GRADIENT OF CLIMB ON GO-AROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
% 5.3.13 APPROVED NOISE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-1

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 5-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The performance tables and diagrams on the following pages are presented so that, on the one
hand, you can see what performance you can expect from your airplane, while on the other they
allow comprehensive and sufficiently accurate flight planning. The values in the tables and the
diagrams were obtained in the framework of the flight trials using an airplane and power-plant
in good condition, and corrected to the conditions of the International Standard Atmosphere
(ISA = 15 EC / 59 °F and 1013.25 hPa / 29.92 inHg at sea level).

The performance diagrams do not take into account variations in pilot experience or a poorly
maintained airplane. The performances given can be attained if the procedures quoted in this
manual are applied, and the airplane has been well maintained.

5.2 USE OF THE PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS

In order to illustrate the influence of a number of different variables, the performance data is
reproduced in the form of tables or diagrams. These contain sufficiently detailed information
so that conservative values can be selected and used for the determination of adequate
performance data for the planned flight.

Where appropriate, any flight performance degradation resulting from the absence of wheel
fairings is given as a percentage.

The installation of the optional fairings on the main landing gear struts and/or nose landing gear
strut has only minor effects on the flight performance of the DA 40. Therefore, no change applies
to the performance tables and diagrams.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-3

Revision 10
Performance DA 40 AFM

5.3 PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS

5.3.1 AIRSPEED CALIBRATION

Page 5-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

5.3.2 TABLE FOR SETTING ENGINE PERFORMANCE

NOTE
% If the Long Range Tank is installed (conventional panel):

Auxiliary fuel below 3 US gal cannot be indicated by the system.

If a fuel indicator shows 16 US gal and the auxiliary fuel indicator
reads 0 US gal on the same side, for in-flight fuel consumption / flight
planning a fuel quantity available of 16 US gal must be assumed.

% If the Long Range Tank is installed (G1000 instrument panel):

% When the fuel indicator reads 16 US gal the correct fuel quantity
% must be determined with the fuel quantity measuring device. There
% are 3 US gal of ungauged fuel from 16 to 19 US gal. If this
% measurement is not carried out, the fuel quantity available for flight
% is 16 US gal.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-5

Revision 10
Performance DA 40 AFM

Engine Power as % of Max. Take-Off Power

45 % 55 %
RPM 1800 2000 2200 2400 2000 2200 2400

Fuel Flow Best Economy 5.8 6 6.3 6.6 7 7.2 7.5

[US gal/h]
Best Power - - 7.3 7.7 - 8.5 8.7
ISA [°C] [°F] Manifold Pressure (MP) [inHg]
MSL 15 59 22.7 21.3 20.2 19.0 23.9 22.4 21.2
1000 13 55 22.4 21.0 19.9 18.7 23.6 22.2 21.0
2000 11 52 22.1 20.7 19.6 18.4 23.3 21.9 20.7
3000 9 48 21.8 20.4 19.3 18.2 23.0 21.6 20.4
4000 7 45 21.5 20.2 19.0 17.9 22.7 21.2 20.1
5000 5 41 21.2 19.9 18.7 17.6 22.3 20.9 19.8
6000 3 38 20.9 19.6 18.4 17.4 22.0 20.6 19.5
7000 1 34 20.5 19.3 18.2 17.1 21.7 20.3 19.3
8000 -1 31 20.2 19.0 17.9 16.9 21.3 20.0 19.0
9000 -3 27 19.9 18.7 17.6 16.6 21.1 19.7 18.7
10000 -5 23 19.6 18.4 17.3 16.3 - 19.4 18.4
11000 -7 19 19.3 18.2 17.0 16.1 19.1 18.1
12000 -9 16 - 17.9 16.7 15.8 - 17.8
13000 -11 12 17.6 16.4 15.5 17.6
14000 -13 9 - 16.1 15.3 -
15000 -15 6 15.8 15.0
16000 -17 2 15.5 14.7
17000 -19 -2 - 14.5

Page 5-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

Engine Power as % of Max. Take-Off Power

65 % 75 %
RPM 2000 2200 2400 2200 2400
Fuel Flow Best Economy 7.9 8.2 8.5 9.2 9.5
[US gal/h] Best Power - 9.5 9.8 10.7 11
ISA [°C] [°F] Manifold Pressure (MP) [inHg]
MSL 15 59 26.8 24.9 23.4 27.3 25.8
1000 13 55 26.4 24.5 23.2 26.8 25.5
2000 11 52 26.0 24.2 22.9 26.5 25.2
3000 9 48 25.7 23.8 22.6 26.1 24.8
4000 7 45 25.4 23.5 22.3 - 24.5
5000 5 41 - 23.1 22.0 24.1
6000 3 38 22.8 21.7 -
7000 1 34 22.4 21.4
8000 -1 31 - 21.0
9000 -3 27 20.7
10000 -5 23 -

The areas shaded grey under each RPM heading are the recommended bands.

% Correcting the table for variation from standard temperature:

- At ISA + 15 °C (ISA + 27 °F) the performance values fall by approx. 3 % of the power
selected according to the above table.

- At ISA - 15 °C (ISA - 27 °F) the performance values rise by approx. 3 % of the power
selected according to the above table.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-7

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

5.3.3 PRESSURE ALTITUDE - DENSITY ALTITUDE

Conversion from pressure altitude to density altitude.

Example: 1. Set 1013.25 hPa on altimeter and read pressure altitude (900 ft).
2. Establish ambient temperature (+21 EC (70 °F)).
3. Read off density altitude (1800 ft).

Result: From a performance calculation standpoint the airplane is at 1800 f t.

Page 5-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

5.3.4 STALLING SPEEDS

Airspeeds in KIAS

% (a) Mass: 980 kg (2161 lb)

Bank Angle
980 kg
0° 30° 45° 60°
UP 47 52 58 73
Flaps T/O 44 51 58 72
LDG 42 49 57 71

% (b) Mass: 1150 kg (2535 lb)

Bank Angle
1150 kg
0° 30° 45° 60°
UP 52 57 66 79
Flaps T/O 51 55 64 78
LDG 49 55 62 76

% (c) Mass: 1200 kg (2646 lb) (if MÄM 40-227 is carried out)

Bank Angle
1200 kg
0° 30° 45° 60°
UP 53 58 68 83
Flaps T/O 52 57 67 81
LDG 52 57 66 80

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-9

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

5.3.5 WIND COMPONENTS

Example: Flight direction : 360°

Wind : 32°/30 kts
Result: Crosswind component : 16 kts

Max. demonstrated crosswind component : 20 kts

Page 5-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

5.3.6 TAKE-OFF DISTANCE

Conditions: - Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR

- RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2700 RPM
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
- Lift-off speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . approx. 59 KIAS
- Climb-out speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
66 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
60 KIAS (below 1000 kg, 2205 lb)
- Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . level, asphalt surface

WARNING
Poor maintenance condition of the airplane, deviation from the given
procedures as well as unfavorable external factors (high
temperature, rain, unfavorable wind conditions, including cross-wind)
will increase the take-off distance.

CAUTION
For a safe take-off the take-off run available (TORA) should be at
least equal to the take-off distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-11

Revision 10
Performance DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
The figures in the following NOTE are typical values. On wet ground
or wet soft grass covered runways the take-off roll may become
significantly longer than stated below. In any case the pilot must
allow for the condition of the runway to ensure a safe take-off.

NOTE
For take-off from dry, short-cut grass covered runways, the following
corrections must be taken into account, compared to paved runways
(typical values, see CAUTION above):

- Grass up to 5 cm (2 in) long: 10 % increase in take-off roll.

- Grass 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 in) long: 15 % increase in take-off roll.
- Grass longer than 10 cm (4 in): at least 25 % increase in take-off
roll.
- Grass longer than 25 cm (10 in): take-off should not be attempted.

NOTE
On wet grass, a further 10 % increase in take-off roll must be
expected.

NOTE
An uphill slope of 2 % (2 m per 100 m, or 2 ft per 100 ft) results in
an increase in the take-off distance of approximately 10 %. The
effect on the take-off roll can be greater.

Page 5-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Performance

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-13

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

5.3.7 CLIMB PERFORMANCE - TAKE-OFF CLIMB

Conditions: - Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR

- RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O
- Airspeed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
66 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
60 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
54 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)

Page 5-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Performance

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-15

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

5.3.8 CLIMB PERFORMANCE - CRUISE CLIMB

Conditions: - Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX PWR

- RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 RPM
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
- Airspeed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
73 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
68 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
60 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)

Page 5-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Performance

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-17

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

% 5.3.9 CRUISING TRUE AIRSPEED (TAS)

Diagram to establish true airspeed (TAS) at a given power setting.

Example: Pressure altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5000 ft

Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 EC (59 °F)
Power setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 %

Result: True Airspeed (TAS) . . . . . . . . . . . 118 kts

CAUTION
In case of operation without wheel fairings the cruising speed
reduces by approximately 5 %.

Page 5-18 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Performance

5.3.10 LANDING DISTANCE - FLAPS LDG

Conditions: - Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE

- RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
- Approach speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
71 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
63 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
58 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
- Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . level, asphalt surface

NOTE
A landing mass above 1150 kg (2535 lb) up to 1200 kg (2646 lb)
will increase the landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle and
the landing ground roll distance up to 6%.

Values for ISA and MSL, at 1150 kg (2535 lb)

Landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle approx. 638 m (2093 ft)
Ground roll approx. 352 m (1155 ft)

WARNING
Poor maintenance condition of the airplane, deviation from the given
procedures as well as unfavorable external factors (high
temperature, rain, unfavorable wind conditions, including cross-wind,
etc.) will increase the landing distance.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-19

Revision 10
Performance DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
For a safe landing the landing distance available (LDA) should be
at least equal to the landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle.

CAUTION
The figures in the following NOTE are typical values. On wet ground
or wet soft grass covered runways the landing distance may become
significantly longer than stated below. In any case the pilot must
allow for the condition of the runway to ensure a safe landing.

NOTE
For landings on dry, short-cut grass covered runways, the following
corrections must be taken into account, compared to paved runways
(typical values, see CAUTION above):

- Grass up to 5 cm (2 in) long: 5 % increase in landing roll.

- Grass 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 in) long: 15 % increase in landing roll.
- Grass longer than 10 cm (4 in): at least 25 % increase in landing
roll.
NOTE
On wet grass, a further 10 % increase in landing roll must be
expected.

NOTE
A downhill slope of 2 % (2 m per 100 m, or 2 ft per 100 ft) results
in an increase in the landing distance of approximately 10 %. The
effect on the landing roll can be greater.

Page 5-20 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Performance

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-21

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

5.3.11 LANDING DISTANCE - FLAPS UP

Conditions: - Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE

- RPM lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH RPM
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
- Approach speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 KIAS (1200 kg, 2646 lb)
71 KIAS (1150 kg, 2535 lb)
63 KIAS (1000 kg, 2205 lb)
58 KIAS (850 kg, 1874 lb)
- Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . level, asphalt surface

NOTE
A landing mass above 1150 kg (2535 lb) up to 1200 kg (2646 lb)
will increase the landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle and
the landing ground roll distance up to 6%.

Values for ISA and MSL, at 1150 kg (2535 lb)

Landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle approx. 775 m (2543 ft)
Ground roll approx. 471 m (1545 ft)

WARNING
Poor maintenance condition of the airplane, deviation from the given
procedures as well as unfavorable external factors (high
temperature, rain, unfavorable wind conditions, including cross-wind)
will increase the landing distance.

Page 5-22 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Performance

CAUTION
For a safe landing the landing distance available (LDA) should be
at least equal to the landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle.

CAUTION
The figures in the following NOTE are typical values. On wet ground
or wet soft grass covered runways the landing distance may become
significantly longer than stated below. In any case the pilot must
allow for the condition of the runway to ensure a safe landing.

NOTE
For landings on dry, short-cut grass covered runways, the following
corrections must be taken into account, compared to paved runways
(typical values, see CAUTION above):

- Grass up to 5 cm (2 in) long: 5 % increase in landing roll.

- Grass 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 in) long: 15 % increase in landing roll.
- Grass longer than 10 cm (4 in): at least 25 % increase in landing
roll.
NOTE
On wet grass, a further 10 % increase in landing roll must be
expected.

NOTE
A downhill slope of 2 % (2 m per 100 m or 2 ft per 100 ft) results
in an increase in the landing distance of approximately 10 %. The
effect on the landing roll can be greater.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-23

Revision 10
 Landing Distance - Flaps UP

Page 5-24
Performance

18-Sep-2023
Example: Result:

Pressure altitude : 4000 ft Landing distance over 50 ft obstacle : approx. 580 m (1903 ft)
OAT : 8 °C (46 °F) Ground roll : approx. 270 m (886 ft)
Mass : 1000 kg (2205 lb)
DA 40 AFM

Revision 10
Doc. # 6.01.01-E
Headwind comp. : 8 kts
 DA 40 AFM Performance

5.3.12 GRADIENT OF CLIMB ON GO-AROUND

The DA 40 reaches a constant gradient of climb of 7.0 % in the following condition:

- Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. flight mass (1150 kg, 2535 lb)

- Power setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Take-off
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 KIAS
- ISA, MSL

If MÄM 40-227 is carried out:

The DA 40 reaches a constant gradient of climb of 7.0 % in the following condition:

- Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. flight mass (1200 kg, 2646 lb)

- Power setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Take-off
- Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 KIAS
- ISA, MSL

5.3.13 APPROVED NOISE DATA

ICAO Annex 16 Chapter X : 69.28 dB(A)

% If MÄM 40-227 is carried out:

ICAO Annex 16 Chapter X : 78.4 dB(A)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 5-25

Revision 10
 Performance DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 5-26 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

CHAPTER 6
MASS AND BALANCE
Page

% 6.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

% 6.2 DATUM PLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
% 6.3 MASS AND BALANCE REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
% 6.4 FLIGHT MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
% 6.4.1 EMPTY MASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
% 6.4.2 OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
% 6.4.3 BAGGAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
% 6.4.4 FUEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
% 6.4.5 MOMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
% 6.4.6 TOTAL MASS AND CG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
% 6.4.7 GRAPHICAL METHOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
% 6.4.8 MOMENT ARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
% 6.4.9 LOADING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
% 6.4.10 CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
% 6.4.11 PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
% 6.4.12 PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
% 6.5 EQUIPMENT LIST AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-1

Revision 10
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 6-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

6.1 INTRODUCTION

In order to achieve the performance and flight characteristics described in this Airplane Flight
Manual and for safe flight operation, the airplane must be operated within the permissible mass
and balance envelope.

The pilot is responsible for adhering to the permissible values for loading and center of gravity
% (CG). In this, they should note the movement of the CG due to fuel consumption. The permissible
CG range during flight is given in Chapter 2.

The procedure for determining the flight mass CG position at any point in time is described in
this Chapter. Over and above this there is a comprehensive list of the equipment approved for
% this airplane (Equipment List), and also a list of the equipment installed when the airplane was
weighed (Equipment Inventory).

Before the airplane is delivered the empty mass and the corresponding CG position are
determined, and entered in Section 6.3 - MASS AND BALANCE REPORT .

NOTE
Following equipment changes the new empty mass and the
corresponding CG position must be determined by calculation or
by weighing.

Following repairs or repainting the new empty mass and the

corresponding CG position must be determined by weighing.

Empty mass, empty mass CG position, and the empty mass moment
must be certified in the Mass and Balance Report by an authorized
person.

NOTE
Refer to Section 1.6 - UNITS OF MEASUREMENT for conversion
of SI units to US units and vice versa.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-3

Revision 10
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

6.2 DATUM PLANE

The Datum Plane (DP) is a plane which is normal to the airplane’s longitudinal axis and in front
of the airplane as seen from the direction of flight. The airplane’s longitudinal axis is parallel
with the upper surface of a 600:31 wedge which is placed on top of the rear fuselage in front
of the vertical stabilizer. When the upper surface of the wedge is aligned horizontally, the Datum
Plane is vertical. The Datum Plane is located 2.194 meter (86.38 in) forward of the most forward
point of the root rib on the stub wing.

6.3 MASS AND BALANCE REPORT

The empty mass and the corresponding CG position established before delivery are the first
entries in the Mass and Balance Report. Every change in permanently installed equipment, and
every repair to the airplane which affects the empty mass or the empty mass CG must be
recorded in the Mass and Balance Report.

For the calculation of flight mass and corresponding CG position (or moment), the current empty
mass and the corresponding CG position (or moment) in accordance with the Mass and Balance
Report must always be used.

Condition of the airplane for establishing the empty mass:

- Equipment as per Equipment Inventory (see Section 6.5)

- Including brake fluid, lubricant (7.6 liter = 8 qts), plus unusable fuel (4 liter = approx. 1
US gal).

Page 6-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 Serial No.: Registration: Page:
DA 40
DA 40 AFM

Revision 10
Changes in Mass

Doc. # 6.01.01-E
Addition (+) Subtraction (-) Current Empty Mass

Moment Moment Moment

Mass Moment Mass Arm
Moment Mass Arm
Moment
Entry No. Arm

Description
of [kg] [m] [kg m] [kg] [m] [kg m] [kg] [m] [kg m]
IN OUT Part or [lb] [in] [in lb] [lb] [in] [in lb] [lb] [in] [in lb]
Date Modification

Upon delivery

18-Sep-2023
MASS AND BALANCE REPORT
(Continuous report on structural or equipment changes)
Mass and Balance

Page 6-5
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

6.4 FLIGHT MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY

The following information enables you to operate your DA 40 within the permissible mass and
balance limits. For the calculation of the flight mass and the corresponding CG position the
following tables and diagrams are required:

% 6.4.8 - MOMENT ARMS

% 6.4.9 - LOADING DIAGRAM
% 6.4.10 - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION
% 6.4.11 - PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE
% 6.4.12 - PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE

The diagrams should be used as follows, taking the fuel tank size into account:

% 6.4.1 EMPTY MASS

Take the empty mass and the empty mass moment of your airplane from the Mass and Balance
% Report, and enter the figures in the appropriate boxes under the column marked “Your DA 40”
% in the table under 6.4.10 - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION.

% 6.4.2 OIL

The difference between the actual amount of oil in the engine (check with dipstick) and the
% maximum oil quantity is called “Oil not added”; this mass and its related moment are counted
as negative. The empty mass of the airplane is established with the maximum amount of oil
% in the engine, thus the “missing” oil must be subtracted. If the airplane is flown with maximum
% oil, the “Oil not added” entry should be zero.

In our example 6.0 qts have been measured on the dip-stick. We are thus 2.0 qts short of the
maximum, which equates to 1.9 liter. Multiplying this quantity by the mass density of 0.89
% kilograms per liter gives a mass of “Oil not added” of 1.7 kg. (in US units: 2.0 qts multiplied by
the mass density of 1.86 lb/qts gives a mass of 3.7 lb).

Page 6-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

% 6.4.3 BAGGAGE

The DA 40 may be equipped with one of the following baggage compartment variants:

(a) Standard baggage compartment.

% (b) Standard baggage compartment with “baggage tube.”

(c) Extended baggage compartment (OÄM 40-163). It consists of a forward and an aft part.

Depending on the baggage compartment variant installed in your DA 40 the following calculations
% must be done in the table under 6.4.10 - CALCULAT ION OF LOADING CONDITION:

% For variants (a) and (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . use row 5 of the table; row 6 is filled with “0"

% For variant (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . use row 6 of the table; row 5 is filled with “0"

% 6.4.4 FUEL

% (a) Standard Tank

The fuel quantity can be read on the fuel indicators.

NOTE
% (Conventional and G1000 instrument panels):

Depending on the type of fuel probes installed, the indicator can read
a maximum of 15 US gal or 17 US gal (refer to Section 7.10 for
details). When the fuel quantity indicator reads the maximum amount
of fuel detectable, a fuel quantity up to 20 US gal can be in the fuel
tank. In this case the fuel quantity must be measured with the fuel
quantity measuring device (see Section 7.10 - FUEL SYSTEM).

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-7

Revision 10
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

% (b) Long Range Tank

Read the fuel quantity indicated on the fuel quantity indicators.

NOTE
% Conventional instrument panel:

At an indication of 16 US gal the amount of auxiliary fuel can be

determined by switching the AUX FUEL QTY switch to the respective
position (LH or RH). The indicated auxiliary fuel quantity is added
to the 16 US gal.

An auxiliary fuel quantity of less than 3 US gal cannot be indicated

by the system. In this case the quantity must be determined by
means of the fuel quantity measuring device (see Section 7.10 -
FUEL SYSTEM).

% G1000 instrument panel:

% When the fuel indicator reads 16 US gal the correct fuel quantity
% must be determined with the fuel quantity measuring device. There
% are 3 US gal of ungauged fuel from 16 to 19 US gal. If this
% measurement is not carried out, the fuel quantity available for flight
% is 16 US gal.

CAUTION
% Conventional instrument panel:

The correct indication of the fuel quantity takes 2 minutes after

actuation of the switch.

% 6.4.5 MOMENTS

Multiply the individual masses by the moment arms quoted to obtain the moment for every item
% of loading, and enter these moments in the appropriate boxes in the table under 6.4.10 -
CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION.

Page 6-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

% 6.4.6 TOTAL MASS AND CG

Add up the masses and moments in the respective columns. The CG position is calculated by
dividing the total moment by the total mass (using row 7 for the condition with empty fuel tanks,
and row 9 for the pre take-off condition). The resulting CG position must be within the limits.

CAUTION
For airplanes equipped with the optional Long Range Tank, a
restricted range of permitted CG positions applies.

% As an illustration the total mass and the CG position are entered on the diagram in 6.4.11 -
PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE. This checks graphically that the current
configuration of the airplane is within the permissible range.

% 6.4.7 GRAPHICAL METHOD

% The diagram under 6.4.9 - LOADING DIAGRAM is used to determine the moments. The masses
% and moments for the individual items of loading are added. Then, the diagram under 6.4.12 -
PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE is used to check whether the total moment associated with
the total mass is in the admissible range.

% The result found with the graphical method is less precise. In doubtful cases, the result must
be verified using the exact method given above.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-9

Revision 10
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

6.4.8 MOMENT ARMS

The most important lever arms aft of the Datum Plane:

- Oil : 1.00 m 39.4 in

- Front seats : 2.30 m 90.6 in
- Rear seats : 3.25 m 128.0 in
- Wing tanks (Standard & Long Range) : 2.63 m 103.5 in
- Baggage in standard baggage compartment : 3.65 m 143.7 in
baggage in baggage tube : 4.32 m 170.1 in
- Baggage in extended baggage compartment
forward part : 3.89 m 153.1 in
aft part : 4.54 m 178.7 in

4.54 m (178.7 in)

4.32 m (170.1 in)
3.89 m (153.1 in)
3.65 m (143.7 in)
3.25 m (128.0 in)

2.63 m (103.5 in)

2.30 m (90.6 in)

1.00 m (39.4 in)
(1.22 in)
31 mm

600 mm
(23.62 in)

2.194 m (86.4 in)

Page 6-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

% 6.4.9 LOADING DIAGRAM

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-11

Revision 10
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

% 6.4.10 CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION

CAUTION
For airplanes equipped with the optional Long Range Tank, a
restricted range of permitted CG positions applies.

NOTE
For the mass (weight) of the fuel, a density of 0.72 kg/liter
(6.01 lb/US gal) is assumed. For the mass (weight) of the engine
oil, a density of 0.89 kg/liter (1.86 lb/US qt, 0.84 kg/US qt) is
assumed.

NOTE
In the following example it is assumed that the fuel tank is not full
at take-off.

Page 6-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

DA 40 (Example) Your DA 40
Mass Moment Mass Moment
[kg] [kg m] [kg] [kg m]
[lb] [in lb] [lb] [in lb]

1 Empty mass (from Mass 735 1760

and Balance Report) 1620 152,762

2 Oil not added -1.7 -1.7

Lever arm: 1.00 m (39.4 in) -4 -158

3 Front seats 150 345

Lever arm: 2.30 m (90.6 in) 331 29,989

4 Rear seats 75 243.8

Lever arm: 3.25 m (128.0 in) 165 21,120

5 Standard baggage compt. 0 0

Lever arm: 3.65 m (143.7 in) 0 0

Baggage tube 0 0
Lever arm: 4.32 m (170.1 in) 0 0

6 Fwd. extended baggage

compartment 27 105
60 9,186
Lever arm: 3.89 m (153.1 in)
Aft extended
baggage compartment 18 81.7
40 7,148
Lever arm: 4.54 m (178.7 in)
7 Total mass & total moment
with empty fuel tanks 1003.3 2533.8
2212 220,047
(Total of 1.-6.)
8 Usable fuel 99.4 261.4
Lever arm: 2.63 m (103.5 in) 219 22,667

9 Total mass & total moment 1102.7 2795.2

including fuel (7. plus 8.) 2431 242,714

10 The total moments from rows 7 and 9 (2533.8 and 2795.2 kgm) (220,047 and 242,714 in.lb)
must be divided by the related total mass (1003.3 and 1102.7 kg respectively) (2212 and
% 2431 lb) and then located in 6.4.11 - PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE.

As in our example CG positions (2.525 m and 2.535 m respectively) (99.48 and 99.84 in) and
masses fall into the permitted area, this loading condition is allowable.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-13

Revision 10
 Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

% 6.4.11 PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE

% The CGs shown in the diagram are those that from the example in 6.4.10 - CALCULATION OF
LOADING CONDITION.

Page 6-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Forward Flight CG Limit:

2.40 m (94.5 in) aft of Datum Plane at 780 to 980 kg (1720 to 2161 lb)
2.46 m (96.9 in) aft of Datum Plane at 1150 kg (2535 lb)
linear variation between these values

If MÄM 40-227 is carried out:

2.40 m (94.5 in) aft of Datum Plane at 780 kg to 980 kg (1720 lb to 2161 lb)
2.48 m (97.6 in) aft of Datum Plane at 1200 kg (2646 lb)
linear variation between these values

Rearward Flight CG Limit:

2.59 m (102.0 in) aft of Datum Plane (Standard Tank)

2.55 m (100.4 in) aft of Datum Plane (with Long Range Tank installed)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-15

Revision 10
Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

6.4.12 PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE

2600

3108

3060

2486

Page 6-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

6.5 EQUIPMENT LIST AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY

All equipment that is approved for installation in the DA 40 is shown in the Equipment List below.

The items of equipment installed in your particular airplane are indicated in the appropriate
% column. The set of items marked as “installed” constitutes the Equipment Inventory.

NOTE
The equipment listed below cannot be installed in any arbitrary
combination. The airplane manufacturer must be contacted before
removing or installing equipment, with the exception of replacing
a unit by an identical unit.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-17

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
AVIONICS COOLING
Cooling fan Cyclone 21-3 Port CRB122253 Lone Star Aviation
Cooling fan ACF 328 ACF 328 Sandia Aerospace

COMMUNICATION
COMM #1 antenna CI 291 Comant 0.5 0.227 177.16 4.500
COMM #2 antenna CI 292-2 Comant 0.5 0.227 161.42 4.100
COMM #1 antenna DMC63-1/A DM
COMM #2 antenna DMC63-2 DM
COMM #1 KX 125 069-01028-1101 Bendix/King 11.46 5.2 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 KX 155A 069-01032-0201 Bendix/King 3.7 1.68 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 KX 165 069-01025-0025 Bendix/King 5.65 2.56 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 KX 165A 069-01033-0101 Bendix/King 4.0 1.81 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 KX 165A/ 8.33 kHz 069-01033-0201 Bendix/King 4.0 1.81 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 GNS 430 011-00280-00 Garmin 5.1 2.31 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 GNS 430 011-00280-10 Garmin 5.1 2.31 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 GNS 530 011-00550-00 Garmin 6.8 3.08 70.08 1.78
COMM #1 GNS 530 011-00550-10 Garmin 6.8 3.08 70.08 1.78
COMM #2 KX 155A 069-01032-0201 Bendix/King 3.7 1.68 70.08 1.78
COMM #2 GNS 430 011-00280-00 Garmin 5.1 2.31 70.08 1.78
COMM #2 GNS 430 011-00280-10 Garmin 5.1 2.31 70.08 1.78

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-18

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Audio Panel / Marker / ICS KMA 28 066-01176-0101 Bendix/King 1.5 0.68 70.08 1.78
Audio Panel / Marker / ICS GMA 340 011-00401-10 Garmin 1.2 0.54 70.08 1.78
Audio Panel / Marker / ICS GMA 1360 011-03568-00 Garmin 1.86 0.84 70.08 1.78
ICS PM1000 II 11922 PS Engineering 0.75 0.34 70.08 1.78
Headset, pilot Echelon 100 Telex
Headset, co-pilot Echelon 100 Telex
Headset, LH pax Echelon 100 Telex
Headset, RH pax Echelon 100 Telex
Speaker FRS8 / 4 Ohms Visaton
Handmic 100TRA 62800-001 Telex

AUTOPILOT SYSTEM
Autopilot system KAP 140 Bendix/King
065-00176-5402
Flight computer (w/o alt. preselect) KC 140 (without MÄM 40-099 or Bendix/King 2.02 0.918 70.08 1.78
MSB 40-018)
065-00176-7702
Flight computer (with alt. preselect) KC 140 (without MÄM 40-099 or Bendix/King 2.02 0.918 70.08 1.78
MSB 40-018)
065-00176-5403
Flight computer (w/o alt. preselect) KC 140 (with MÄM 40-099 or Bendix/King 2.02 0.918 70.08 1.78
MSB 40-018)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-19

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
065-00176-7703
Flight computer (with alt. preselect) KC 140 (with MÄM 40-099 or Bendix/King 2.02 0.918 70.08 1.78
MSB 40-018)
Flight computer KC 140 065-00176-7904 Bendix/King 2.02 0.918 70.08 1.78
Pitch servo KS 270 C 065-00178-2500 Bendix/King 2.7 1.224 154.0 3.93
Pitch servo mount KM 275 065-00030-0000 Bendix/King 1.08 0.488 154.0 3.93
Roll servo KS 271 C 065-00179-0300 Bendix/King 2.3 1.044 120.0 3.06
Roll servo mount KM 275 065-00030-0000 Bendix/King 2.7 1.224 120.0 3.06
Trim servo KS 272 C 065-00180-3500 Bendix/King 2.22 1.005 87.2 2.21
Trim servo mount KM 277 065-00041-0000 Bendix/King 1.09 0.494 87.2 2.21
Configuration module KCM 100 071-00073-5000 Bendix/King 0.06 0.026 70.08 1.78
Sonalert SC SC 628 Mallory
Control stick DA4-2213-12-90 Diamond
CWS switch 031-00514-0000 Bendix/King
AP-disc switch 031-00428-0000 Bendix/King
Trim switch assy 200-09187-0000 Bendix/King

ELECTRICAL POWER
Battery CB24-11M (G243) Concorde (Gill) 28.0 12.7 47.0 1.19
Battery RG24-11M Concorde 26.4 11.97 47.0 1.19
Battery RG24-15M Concorde 29.5 13.38 47.0 1.19
Emergency battery (28 pcs.) MN 1500 AA Duracell 1.52 0.69 70.08 1.78

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-20

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Emergency battery (Lithium) D41-2560-93-00 Excell 0.564 0.256 66.5 1.69
Ammeter VM1000 4010050 Vision Microsyst.
Ammeter current sensor VM1000 3010022 Vision Microsyst.
Voltmeter VM1000 4010050 Vision Microsyst.
Voltage regulator VR2000-28-1 (D) Electrosyst., Inc.
External power connector Diamond
Alternator ALU-8521LS ALU-8521LS Electrosyst., Inc.
DC-AC Inverter MD 26 MD 26-28 Mid Continent

EQUIPMENT
Safety belt, pilot 5-01-() Series 5-01-1C0701 Schroth 3.36 1.524 92.52 2.35
Safety belt, co-pilot 5-01-() Series 5-01-1C5701 Schroth 3.36 1.524 92.52 2.35
Safety belt, LH pax 5-01-() Series 5-01-1B5701 Schroth 3.0 1.36 126.7 3.22
Safety belt, RH pax 5-01-() Series 5-01-1B0701 Schroth 3.0 1.36 126.7 3.22
Safety belt receptacle, pilot Schroth 0.54 0.245 92.52 2.35
Safety belt receptacle, co-pilot Schroth 0.54 0.245 92.52 2.35
Safety belt receptacle, LH pax Schroth 0.54 0.245 126.7 3.22
Safety belt receptacle, RH pax Schroth 0.54 0.245 126.7 3.22
ELT unit E-01 ACK 3 1.36 173.2 4.40
ELT remote switch E0105 ACK
ELT antenna E0109 ACK

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-21

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
ELT unit JE2-NG JE-1978-1NG Jolliet 2.43 1.1 173.2 4.40
ELT remote switch JE-1978-16 Jolliet
ELT antenna JE-1978-73 Jolliet
ELT unit ME 406 453-6603 Artex 2 0.91 173.2 4.40
ELT buzzer 452-6505 Artex
ELT antenna WHIP 110-773 Artex
ELT remote switch (ACE) 453-0023 Artex
ELT module interface 453-1101 Artex
Winter baffle DA4-2157-00-00 Diamond
Armrest DA4-5210-50-91 Diamond
Baggage extension (OÄM 40-163)
Baggage net (OÄM 40-163)
Baggage tray (OÄM 40-164)
USB Ports 0.050 0.023 70.08 1.780

FLIGHT CONTROLS
Flaps control unit (instr. panel) 430550 Diamond
Flaps actuator assy 430555 Diamond
Stall warning horn assy “A” DA4-2739-10-00 Diamond
Stall warning horn assy “B” DA4-2739-10-00X01 Diamond

Stall warning horn assy “C” DA4-2739-10-00X02 Diamond

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-22

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m

Stall warning horn assy “D” DA4-2739-10-00X03 Diamond

Stall warning horn assy “E” DA4-2739-10-00X04 Diamond

Stall warning horn assy “F” DA4-2739-10-00X05 Diamond

SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Fire extinguisher, portable HAL 1 AIR Total 4.85 2.2 110.0 2.794
1)
Fire extinguisher, portable A 620 T Amerex 2.43 1.1 110.0 2.794
Fire extinguisher, portable 337TS Amerex 3.17 1.44 110.0 2.794
First aid kit
Emergency axe G45912 Fiskars 1.23 0.558 78.74 2.00
Emergency egress hammer D64-2560-70-50 Diamond
Emergency egress hammer D67-2560-80-50 Diamond

FUEL
Fuel qty indicator VM1000 4010028 Vision Microsyst.
Fuel qty sensor LH VM1000 30100-11 Vision Microsyst.
Fuel qty sensor RH VM1000 30100-11 Vision Microsyst.
Fuel qty sensor LH (auxiliary fuel) VM1000 30100-50 Vision Microsyst.
Fuel qty sensor RH (auxiliary fuel) VM1000 30100-50 Vision Microsyst.
Alternate means for fuel qty. II D4D-2807-90-00_01 Diamond Aircraft

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-23

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
HYDRAULIC
Master cylinder 10-54 A Cleveland
Parking valve 60-5D Cleveland
Brake assembly 30-239 B Cleveland

INDICATING / REC. SYSTEM

Digital chronometer LC-2 AT420100 Astro Tech
Digital chronometer Model 803 Davtron
Flight timer 85000-12 Hobbs
Flight timer 85094-12 Hobbs
Annunciator panel (system) Diamond
Annunciator panel WW-IDC 001 White Wire
CO detector Model 452-201 CO Guardian LLC
Primary flight display (PFD) GDU 1050 011-03470-00 Garmin
Multi function display (MFD) GDU 1050 011-03470-00 Garmin
Multi function display (MFD) GDU 1054 011-03470-60 Garmin

LANDING GEAR
LANDING GEAR STANDARD
FAIRINGS
MLG wheel fairing LH D41-3213-91-00 Diamond Aircraft

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-24

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
MLG wheel fairing RH D41-3213-92-00 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel pant shell LH D41-3223-91-00_1 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel pant shell RH D41-3223-92-00_1 Diamond Aircraft
NLG strut fairing assy DA4-3227-90-00 Diamond Aircraft

LANDING GEAR SPEEDKIT

MLG speed cover LH DA4-3219-27-00_1 Diamond Aircraft
MLG speed cover RH DA4-3219-28-00_1 Diamond Aircraft
MLG sheet cover LH DA4-3219-25-00 Diamond Aircraft
MLG sheet cover RH DA4-3219-26-00 Diamond Aircraft
MLG cover speed LH DA4-3219-21-00 Diamond Aircraft
MLG cover speed RH DA4-3219-22-00 Diamond Aircraft
MLG strut cover LH DA4-3219-23-00 Diamond Aircraft
MLG strut cover RH DA4-3219-24-00 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel pant shell LH D41-3223-91-00_1 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel pant shell RH D41-3223-92-00_1 Diamond Aircraft
NLG strut cover DA4-3229-29-00 Diamond Aircraft

LANDING GEAR SMALL TIRES AND

FAIRINGS or
LANDING GEAR TALL MLG WITH
FAIRINGS FOR SMALL TIRES
MLG wheel fairing assy small tire LH DA4-3215-91-00 Diamond Aircraft
MLG wheel fairing assy small tire RH DA4-3215-92-00 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel fairing shell LH DA4-3225-91-00 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel fairing shell RH DA4-3225-92-00 Diamond Aircraft

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-25

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Bracket assy LH MLG wheel fairing DA4-3215-31-00 Diamond Aircraft
Bracket assy RH MLG wheel fairing DA4-3215-32-00 Diamond Aircraft
Brake cover MLG wheel frame LH DA4-3215-93-00 Diamond Aircraft
Brake cover MLG wheel frame RH DA4-3215-94-00 Diamond Aircraft
NLG strut fairing assy DA4-3227-90-00 Diamond Aircraft

LANDING GEAR SMALL TIRES AND

FAIRINGS WITH MAINTENANCE
ACCESS or
LANDING GEAR TALL MLG WITH
FAIRINGS FOR SMALL TIRES WITH
MAINTENANCE ACCESS
MLG wheel fairing assy access door
DA4-3215-91-00X01 Diamond Aircraft
LH
MLG wheel fairing assy access door
DA4-3215-92-00X01 Diamond Aircraft
RH
NLG wheel fairing shell LH DA4-3225-91-00X01 Diamond Aircraft
NLG wheel fairing shell RH DA4-3225-92-00 Diamond Aircraft
Bracket assy LH MLG wheel fairing DA4-3215-31-00 Diamond Aircraft
Bracket assy RH MLG wheel fairing DA4-3215-32-00 Diamond Aircraft
Brake cover MLG wheel frame LH DA4-3215-93-00 Diamond Aircraft
Brake cover MLG wheel frame RH DA4-3215-94-00 Diamond Aircraft
NLG strut fairing assy DA4-3227-90-00 Diamond Aircraft

LIGHTS
Map / Reading light assy crew W1461.0.010 Rivoret
Cabin Light W1461.0.010 Rivoret

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-26

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Instr./radio lights dimmer assy WW-LCM-002 White Wire
Glareshield lamp assy DA4-3311-10-01 Diamond Aircraft
Glareshield light inverter APVL328-8-3-L-18QF Quantaflex
Strobe / Pos. light assy LH A600-PR-D-28 01-0790006-05 Whelen
Strobe / Pos. light assy RH A600-PG-D-28 01-0790006-07 Whelen
Strobe / Pos. light assy LH 0R6002R 01-0771733-12 Whelen
Strobe / Pos. light assy RH 0R6002G 01-0771733-11 Whelen
Strobe light power supply LH/RH A490ATS-CF–14/28 01-0770062-05 Whelen 1.592 0.722 101.0 2.566
Halogen Taxi light 70346-01 01-0770346-05 Whelen 0.28 0.13 79.920 2.030
Halogen Landing light 70346-01 01-0770346-03 Whelen 0.28 0.13 79.920 2.030
Electro luminescent lamps Quantaflex 1600 Quantaflex
Ballast GENS D1,24V 37776 Newark
Ballast GENS D1,24V 37776 Newark
Taxi light HID LAMP D15 39663 Newark
Landing light HID LAMP D15 39663 Newark
LED Taxi light 71125 01-0771125-23 Whelen 0.3 0.14 79.920 2.030
LED Landing light 71125 01-0771125-20 Whelen 0.3 0.14 79.920 2.030

NAVIGATION
Pitot/static probe, heated DAI-9034-57-00 Diamond
P/S probe HTR fail sensor DA4-3031-01-00 Diamond
Altimeter inHg/mbar, primary 5934PD-3 United Instruments 1.9 0.86 70.08 1.78
Altimeter inHg/mbar, primary LUN 1128 1128-14B6 Mikrotechna 1.39 0.63 70.08 1.78
Altimeter inHg/mbar, secondary 5934PD-3 United Instruments 1.9 0.86 70.08 1.78
Altimeter inHg/mbar, secondary LUN 1128 1128-14B6 Mikrotechna 1.39 0.63 70.08 1.78

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-27

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Vertical speed indicator 7000 United Instruments 1.2 0.54 70.08 1.78
Vertical speed indicator LUN 1144 1144-A4B4 Mikrotechna 0.9 0.4 70.08 1.78
Airspeed indicator 8025 United Instruments 0.7 0.32 70.08 1.78
Airspeed indicator LUN 1116 1116-B4B3 Mikrotechna 0.77 0.35 70.08 1.78
Outside air temp. indication 301F(C) Davtron 0.27 0.124 70.08 1.78
Magnetic compass C2400L4P Airpath 0.65 0.293 70.08 1.78
Compass system C/O KCS 55A Bendix/King
Slaved gyro KG 102 A 060-00015-0000 Bendix/King 4.3 1.95 70.08 1.78
HSI KI 525A 066-03046-0007 Bendix/King 3.38 1.53 70.08 1.78
Slaving unit (vertical) KA 51B 071-01242-0001 Bendix/King 0.2 0.09 70.08 1.78
Slaving unit (horizontal) KA 51B 071-01242-06 Bendix/King 0.2 0.09 70.08 1.78
Flux valve KMT 112 071-01052-0000 Bendix/King 0.3 0.14 101.0 2.566
Directional gyro, free AIM2051BLD 505-0031-931 BF-Goodrich 2.6 1.18 70.08 1.78
Attitude indicator AIM1100-28L(0F) 504-0111-936 BF-Goodrich 2.20 1.0 70.08 1.78
Attitude indicator AIM1100-28LK(0F) 504-0111-938 BF-Goodrich 2.20 1.0 70.08 1.78
Attitude indicator AIM1100-28LK(2F) 504-0111-941 BF-Goodrich 2.20 1.0 70.08 1.78
Turn coordinator w/o AP pickup 1394T100-(3Z) Mid Continent Instr. 0.822 0.373 70.08 1.78
Turn coordinator 1394T100-(12RZ) Mid Continent Instr. 1.41 0.64 70.08 1.78
Turn coordinator 1394T100-(12RA) Mid Continent Instr. 1.41 0.64 70.08 1.78
Turn coordinator 1394T100-(12RB) Mid Continent Instr. 1.41 0.64 70.08 1.78
Marker antenna CI102 Comant
DME KN 62A 066-01068-0004 Bendix/King 2.6 1.18 70.08 1.78
DME KN 63 006-1070-01 Bendix/King 2.800 1.270 141.100 3.580
DME antenna KA60 071-01174-0000 Bendix/King
DME antenna KA60 071-01591-0001 Bendix/King
DME antenna KA61 071-00221-0010 Bendix/King

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-28

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Transponder KT 76A 066-1062-10 Bendix/King 0.85 0.39 70.08 1.78
Transponder KT 76C 066-01156-0101 Bendix/King 0.2 0.09 70.08 1.78
Transponder GTX 327 011-00490-00 Garmin 2.4 1.09 70.08 1.78
Transponder GTX 330 011-00455-00 Garmin 3.4 1.54 70.08 1.78
Transponder GTX 335 R 011-03301-00 Garmin
Transponder GTX 345 R 011-03303-00 Garmin
XPDR antenna KA60 071-01174-0000 Bendix/King
XPDR antenna KA60 071-01591-0001 Bendix/King
XPDR antenna KA61 071-00221-0010 Bendix/King
Altitude digitizer D120-P2-T TCI
Altitude data system SAE5-35 305154-00 Sandia Aerospace
ADF KR87 066-01072-0004 Bendix/King 2.9 1.32 70.08 1.78
ADF antenna KA44B 071-01234-0000 Bendix/King
ADF indicator KI227 066-03063-0001 Bendix/King 0.7 0.32 70.08 1.78
ADF indicator KI227 066-03063-00 Bendix/King 0.7 0.32 70.08 1.78
NAV antenna coupler CI505 Comant
NAV/GS antenna coupler CI507 Comant 0.20 0.089 106.1 2.685
dual NAV/dual GS antenna coupler CI 1125 Comant
VOR/LOC/GS antenna CI157P Comant
NAV/COM #1 KX 125 069-01028-1101 Bendix/King 11.46 5.2 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM #1 volt conv. KA39 071-01041-001 Bendix/King
NAV/COM #1 KX155A 069-01032-0201 Bendix/King 3.7 1.68 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM #1 KX 165 069-01025-0025 Bendix/King 5.65 2.56 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM #1 KX 165A 069-01033-0101 Bendix/King 4.0 1.81 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM #1 KX 165A, 8.33 kHz 069-01033-0201 Bendix/King 4.0 1.81 70.08 1.78

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-29

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
NAV/COM #2 KX155A 069-01032-0201 Bendix/King 3.7 1.68 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM/GPS #1 GNS 430 011-00280-00 Garmin 6.5 2.95 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM/GPS #1 GNS 430 011-00280-10 Garmin 6.5 2.95 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM/GPS #1 GNS 530 011-00550-00 Garmin 8.5 3.86 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM/GPS #1 GNS 530 011-00550-10 Garmin 8.5 3.86 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM/GPS #2 GNS 430 011-00280-00 Garmin 6.5 2.95 70.08 1.78
NAV/COM/GPS #2 GNS 430 011-00280-10 Garmin 6.5 2.95 70.08 1.78
CDI, VOR/LOC #1 KI 208 066-03056-0000 Bendix/King 1 0.45 70.08 1.78
CDI, VOR/LOC #2 KI 208 066-03056-0000 Bendix/King 1 0.45 70.08 1.78
CDI, VOR/LOC/GS #1 GI 106A 013-00049-01 Garmin 1.4 0.64 70.08 1.78
CDI, VOR/LOC/GS #2 GI 106A 013-00049-01 Garmin 1.4 0.64 70.08 1.78
GPS KLN 89 B 066-01148-0102 Bendix/King 3 1.36 70.08 1.78
GPS KLN 94 069-01034-0101 Bendix/King 3 1.36 70.08 1.78
GPS antenna KA 92 071-01553-0200 Bendix/King
GPS antenna #1 GA 56 011-00134-00 Garmin
GPS antenna #2 GA 56 011-00134-00 Garmin
GPS annunciation unit MD41-1488 Mid Continent
GPS / AP switch assy MD41-528 Mid Continent
Multifunction display / GPS KMD 150 066-01174-0101 Bendix/King 3.3 1.5 70.08 1.78
Stormscope WX-500 805-11500-001 Goodrich
Stormscope antenna NY-163 805-10930-001 Goodrich
Strike finder display SF 2000 2000-009 Insight
Strike finder sensor SF 2000 2000-022 Insight
TAS processor TAS 600 70-2420-x TAS600 Avidyne/Ryan
TAS processor TAS 610 70-2420-x TAS610 Avidyne/Ryan

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-30

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
TAS processor TAS 620 70-2420-x TAS620 Avidyne/Ryan
TAS processor TAS 600A 700-00185-000 Avidyne/Ryan
TAS processor TAS 605A 700-00185-001 Avidyne/Ryan
TAS processor TAS 615A 700-00185-003 Avidyne/Ryan
TAS processor TAS 620A 700-00185-004 Avidyne/Ryan
Transponder coupler 70-2040 Avidyne/Ryan
TAS antenna, top S72-1750-31L Sensor Systems
TAS antenna, bottom S72-1750-32L Sensor Systems
Digital air data system GDC 72 011-03734-00 Garmin
Attitude/Heading reference syste, GRS 79 011-03732-00 Garmin
Integrated avionics #1 GIA 64W 011-03711-00 Garmin 5.400 2.450 154.900 3.935
Integrated avionics #2 GIA 64W 011-03711-00 Garmin 5.400 2.450 154.900 3.935
Data link processor GDL 69A SXM 010-01294-11 Garmin 1.720 0.780 155.000 3.937
GPS antenna #1 GA 36 013-00244-00 Garmin
GPS antenna #1 GA 37 013-00245-00 Garmin
Standby attitude module MD302 6420302-1 Mid Continent Instr. 1.60 0.730 70.08 1.780

ENGINE
ENGINE INDICATING
Engine IO-360-M1A Textron Lycoming
Engine/Airframe unit GEA 71B 011-03682-00 Garmin 1.800 0.820 70.08 1.78

ENGINE FUEL CONTROL

Fuel flow transmitter VM1000 3010032 Vision Microsyst.
Fuel pressure transmitter VM1000 3010017 Vision Microsyst.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-31

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM
SlickSTART booster SS1001 Unison
Lasar ignition controller LC-1002-03 LC-1002-03 Unison
Lasar ignition harness LH-1004-43 Unison
Magneto RH/LH 4370/4347 Slick
Magneto RH/LH 4770/4771 Slick
RPM sensor VM1000 3010005 Vision Microsyst.
Manifold pressure sensor VM1000 3010016 Vision Microsyst.
Cyl. head temp. probes (4 each) VM1000 1020061 Vision Microsyst.
EGT probes VM1000 1020060 Vision Microsyst.
Data processing unit DPU 4010067 Vision Microsyst.
Data processing unit DPU 4010081 Vision Microsyst.
Integr. engine data display VM1000 4010050 Vision Microsyst.
I/O board assy 3020003 Vision Microsyst.
I/O board assy 3020018 Vision Microsyst.

ENGINE OIL
Oil temperature sensor VM1000 3010021 Vision Microsyst.
Oil pressure transducer VM1000 3010018 Vision Microsyst.

ENGINE STARTING
Starter 149-24LS Skytec

PROPELLER SYSTEM
Propeller MTV-12-B/180-17 mt-Propeller
47.0 21.32 15.0 0.381

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-32

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Mass and Balance

Airplane Serial No.: Registration: Date: Mass Lever Arm

Description Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N Installed lb kg in m
Propeller MTV-12-B/180-17f mt-Propeller 47.0 21.32 15.0 0.381
Propeller governor C-210776 Woodward 3.05 1.385 29.4 0.747
Propeller governor MT-P-420-10 mt-Propeller 2.0 0.907 29.4 0.747
Propeller governor MT-P860-23 P-860-23 mt-Propeller 2.05 0.93 29.4 0.747

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL Doc. No. 6.01.01(-E) Diamond

1)
The Amerex A 620 T fire extinguisher is UL approved, and can be used in airplanes registered in Canada and the USA. For
airplanes registered in other countries, refer to the national Airworthiness Authority.

Place: ____________________ Date: ____________________ Signature: ____________________

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 6-33

Revision 10
Mass and Balance DA 40 AFM

Intentionally left blank.

Page 6-34 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

CHAPTER 7
DESCRIPTION OF THE AIRPLANE
AND ITS SYSTEMS
Page

7.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

7.2 AIRFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
% 7.2.1 FUSELAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
% 7.2.2 WINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
% 7.2.3 EMPENNAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
% 7.3 FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
% 7.3.1 AILERONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
% 7.3.2 FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
% 7.3.3 ELEVATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
% 7.3.4 RUDDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
% 7.3.5 ELEVATOR TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
% 7.3.6 PEDAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
% 7.4 INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
% 7.4.1 INSTRUMENT PANEL VARIANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
% 7.4.2 COCKPIT VENTILATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
% 7.5 LANDING GEAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
% 7.5.1 WHEEL BRAKES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
% 7.5.2 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
% 7.6 SEATS AND SAFETY HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
% 7.7 BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
% 7.7.1 STANDARD BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
% 7.7.2 BAGGAGE TUBE (IF INSTALLED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
% 7.7.3 EXTENDED BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT (OÄM 40-163 . . . . . . . . 7-15
% AND OÄM 40-164, IF INSTALLED)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-1

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% 7.8 CANOPY, REAR DOOR, AND CABIN INTERIOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

% 7.8.1 FRONT CANOPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
% 7.8.2 REAR DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
% 7.8.3 HEATING AND VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
% 7.8.4 EMERGENCY AXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
% 7.8.5 EMERGENCY EGRESS HAMMER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
% 7.9 POWER PLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
% 7.9.1 ENGINE, GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
% 7.9.2 OPERATING CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
% 7.9.3 PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
% 7.9.4 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
% 7.10 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
% 7.10.1 STANDARD TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
% 7.10.2 LONG RANGE TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
% 7.10.3 FUEL PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
% 7.10.4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
% 7.10.5 FUEL TANKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
% 7.10.6 FUEL QUANTITY MEASURING DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
% 7.11 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
% 7.11.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
% 7.11.2 DAI ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (WARNING, CAUTION AND . . . . . . 7-42
ADVISORY MESSAGES)
% 7.11.3 WHITE WIRE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (WARNING,. . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
CAUTION AND STATUS LIGHTS)
% 7.12 PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
% 7.13 STALL WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
% 7.14 AVIONICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
% 7.15 CO-MONITOR (IF INSTALLED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
% 7.15.1 SELF TEST SEQUENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
% 7.15.2 IN-FLIGHT CO ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
% 7.15.3 UNIT FAILURE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Page 7-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Chapter 7 contains a description of the airplane and its systems, together with operating
instructions. For details about optional equipment see Chapter 9.

7.2 AIRFRAME

% 7.2.1 FUSELAGE

The GFRP fuselage is of semi monocoque molded construction. The fire protection on the firewall
is of a special fire-resistant matting, which is covered on the engine side by stainless steel
cladding. The two main bulkheads are GFRP/CFRP items.

% 7.2.2 WINGS

% The wings have a front and rear spar; each wing has a top shell and a bottom shell - a “fail safe”
% concept. The wings, as well as the ailerons and flaps, are made of GFRP/CFRP, and are
principally of sandwich construction. An aluminum fuel tank is installed in each of the wings.

% 7.2.3 EMPENNAGE

% The airplane has a T-tail of GFRP semi monocoque construction. Both the stabilizers have twin
spars and a skin with no sandwich. Rudder and elevator are of sandwich construction.

7.3 FLIGHT CONTROLS

The ailerons, elevator and wing flaps are operated through control rods, while the rudder is
controlled by cable. The flaps are electrically operated. Elevator forces can be balanced by a
trim tab on the elevator, which is operated by a Bowden cable.

% 7.3.1 AILERONS

Construction: GFRP/CFRP composite sandwich

Hinges: There are 4 hinges, which are hinge pins mounted in an aluminum bracket. They
are secured in position by a roll pin. The absence of this roll pin can lead to the
loss of the hinge pin and a consequent loss of flight safety.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-3

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

Operation: A rod-end bearing is screwed into a steel push rod and locked by means of a
nut which has locking varnish applied to it. Damage to this varnish can indicate
a twisting and thus a change to the adjustment. The connection between the
rod-end bearing and the control horn is a bolt, the nut of which is likewise sealed
with locking varnish.

The aluminum control horn is attached to the aileron with 3 screws.

% 7.3.2 FLAPS

Construction: GFRP/CFRP composite sandwich

Hinges: There are 6 hinges, which are hinge pins mounted in an aluminum bracket. They
are secured in position by a roll pin. The absence of this roll pin can lead to the
loss of the hinge pin and a consequent loss of flight safety. Another aluminum
fitting is located at the fuselage and is attached to a torsion tube. The torsion
tube is located in the fuselage, creating a connection between the left and right
flaps.

Operation: A rod-end bearing is screwed into a steel push rod and locked by means of a
nut which has locking varnish applied to it. Damage to this varnish can indicate
a twisting and thus a change to the adjustment. The connection between the
rod-end bearing and the control horn is a bolt, the nut of which is likewise sealed
with locking varnish.

The flap control horn is attached to the flap with 3 screws.

The flaps are driven by an electric motor and have 3 settings:

- Cruise (UP), totally retracted

- Take-off (T/O), and
- Landing (LDG).

The flaps are operated by means of a 3-position flap selector switch on the instrument panel.
The positions of the switch correspond to the positions of the flaps, the Cruise position of the
switch being at the top. If the switch is moved to another position, the flaps continue to travel
automatically until they have reached the position selected on the switch. The UP and LDG

Page 7-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

positions are additionally protected by a limit switch to guard against over-running the end
positions. The electrical flap drive has an automatic circuit breaker which can also be operated
manually.

Flap Position Indicator:

The current flap position is indicated by means of three lights beside the flap selector switch.

When the upper light (green) is illuminated, the flaps are in the Cruise position (UP);
When the center light (white) is illuminated, the flaps are in Take-off position (T/O);
When the lower light (white) is illuminated, the flaps are in Landing position (LDG).

When two lights are illuminated simultaneously, the flaps are between the two indicated positions.
This is the case only when the flaps are traveling.

% 7.3.3 ELEVATOR

Construction: GFRP sandwich

Hinges: 5 hinges

% Operation: Steel push-rods

Two of the bellcrank bearings are accessible to visual inspection next to the lower
hinge of the rudder. The elevator horn and its bearing, as well as the connection
to the push-rod, can be visually inspected at the upper end of the rudder.

% 7.3.4 RUDDER

Construction: GFRP sandwich

% Hinges: Upper hinge: One bolt

Lower hinge: Bearing bracket including rudder stops, held by 4 screws to the
rear web of the vertical stabilizer. The mating part on the rudder is a bracket
which is attached to the rudder by 2 bolts. The bolts and nuts are accessible
to visual inspection.

Operation: Steel cables, the eyes of which are connected to the bolts on the bracket.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-5

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% 7.3.5 ELEVATOR TRIM

The trim control is a black wheel in the center console to the rear of the engine controls. To guard
against over-rotating, the trim wheel incorporates a friction device. A mark on the wheel shows
the take-off (T/O) position.

Turn wheel to the front = nose down

Turn wheel to the rear = nose up

% 7.3.6 PEDAL ADJUSTMENT

NOTE
The pedals may only be adjusted on the ground!

The pedals are unlocked by pulling the black T-grip handle, which is located behind the rear
attachment, straight back.

NOTE
When adjusting rudder pedals to install the control surfaces gust lock
pull straight back on T-grip, do not pull up.

% (a) Forward Adjustment

Whilst keeping the handle pulled, push the pedals forward with your feet. Release the handle
and allow the pedals to lock into place.

% (b) Rearward Adjustment

Using the unlocking handle, pull the pedals back to the desired position. Release the handle
and push the pedals forward with your feet until they lock into place.

Page 7-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% (c) Electrical Pedal Adjustment (Optional Equipment, OÄM 40-251)

% NOTE
The pedals may only be adjusted on the ground!

The pedals are adjusted using a rocker switch, located on the rear wall of the leg room. The
related circuit breaker is located below the switch.

Forward Adjustment

% To move the pedals forward, depress the lower side of switch. When the pedals are in the correct
position, release switch.

Rearward Adjustment

% To move the pedals in the rearward direction, depress the upper side of switch. When the pedals
% are in the correct position, release switch.

Locking

% Upon release the switch moves automatically to the “power off” position, locking the pedals in
% position.

7.4 INSTRUMENT PANEL

% 7.4.1 INSTRUMENT PANEL VARIANTS

The DA 40 can be equipped with one of numerous instrument panel variants. Therefore only
two example variants (VFR and IFR) are described in this section. The equipment that is actually
installed in a particular airplane is listed in the Equipment Inventory in Section 6.5. The airplane
manufacturer must be contacted before removing or installing equipment, with the exception
of replacing a unit by an identical unit.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-7

Revision 10
Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

VFR instrument panel (example)

IFR instrument panel (example)

Page 7-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

Major Instruments and Controls

1 Electrical switches, ignition switch 18 ADF indicator
2 Circuit breakers* 19 Course deviation indicator (CDI)
20 Audio amplifier / intercom / marker
3 Emergency switch
beacon receiver
4 Rotary buttons for instrument lighting
% 21 GPS annunciation control unit
and flood light
5 Flap selector switch 22 GPS
6 OAT indicator 23 Radio / VOR, No. 1
7 Fuel quantity indicator 24 Remote DME switch
8 Engine instruments 25 Radio / VOR, No. 2
% 9 Lights (annunciator panel) 26 DME
10 Chronometer 27 ADF receiver
11 Altimeter 28 Autopilot control unit (optional)
12 Vertical speed indicator (VSI) 29 Transponder
13 Attitude gyro (artificial horizon) 30 Stall warning horn
14 Horizontal situation indicator (HSI) 31 Microphone socket
15 Airspeed indicator 32 Ventilation nozzles
% 33 Alternate static valve (optional for
16 Turn & bank indicator
VFR version)
17 Slaving meter 34 ELT operating unit (RCPI)

*) Designations and abbreviations used to identify the circuit breakers are explained in Section
1.5 - DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-9

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% 7.4.2 COCKPIT VENTILATION

% Ventilation in the front is provided by the movable ventilation nozzles (32) in the instrument panel.
Furthermore there are spherical nozzles in the roll bar on the left and right side next to the front
seats as well as on the central console above the passengers’ heads. The spherical nozzles
are opened and closed by twisting.

7.5 LANDING GEAR

The landing gear consists of a main landing gear of sprung steel struts, and a free-castering
nose wheel which is sprung by an elastomer package.

The wheel fairings are removable. When flying without wheel fairings, it should be noted that
there is a reduction in some areas of performance (see Chapter 5).

% 7.5.1 WHEEL BRAKES

Hydraulically operating disk brakes act on the wheels of the main landing gear. The wheel brakes
are individually operated by means of toe pedals.

% 7.5.2 PARKING BRAKE

% The parking brake lever is located on the small center console under the instrument panel, and
is in the upper position when the brakes are released. To operate the parking brake pull the lever
downwards until it catches. Brake pressure is built up by multiple operation of the toe brake
% pedals, and is maintained until the parking brake is released. To release, apply toe pressure
% to the brakes, and push the lever upwards.

Page 7-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% Hydraulic system schematic

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-11

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

7.6 SEATS AND SAFETY HARNESSES

To increase passive safety, the seats are constructed using a carbon fiber/Kevlar hybrid material
and GFRP. The seats are removable to facilitate the maintenance and inspection of the underlying
controls. Covers on the control sticks prevent loose objects from falling into the area of the
controls.

% If front seats with adjustable backrests are installed (OÄM 40-252 or OÄM 40-375), the angle
% of the backrest, and the lumbar support, can be adjusted for best comfort. The backrest control
% lever is situated on the outboard side of the backrest if OÄM 40-252 is installed. The backrest
% release button in the case of OÄM 40-375, is situated on the upper side of the seat´s side frame.
However, during take-off, landing, and emergency landings, the backrests must be fixed in the
upright position designated by a placard on the roll-over bar.

% The lumbar support can be adjusted by operating the lumbar support lever mounted on the
% outboard side of the seat pan.

CAUTION
Before the backrest lever is lifted in order to unlock the backrest, lean
back towards the backrest to counteract the spring load. Otherwise,
the backrest may snap forward.

% CAUTION
% Before adjusting the angle, lean against the backrest to counteract
% the spring load. Otherwise, the backrest may snap forward.

% CAUTION
% Do not apply a load of more than 90 N (202 lbf) to the top of the
% backrest. Otherwise, damage to the adjustment mechanism may
% result.

% For adjustment, lift the backrest lever, or press the button, and bend the backrest forward or
% backward to the desired backrest angle. For fixing the position, press down the backrest lever,
% or release the button.

Page 7-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% If OÄM 40-252 is installed, and in case of a defective adjustment mechanism, the outboard friction
adjustment screw can be tightened with a 10 mm hexagon nut in clockwise direction in order
to fix the backrest in the upright position.

% If possible, set the backrest lever to the “locked” position. The mechanism must be repaired at
the next scheduled inspection.

% If OÄM 40-375 is installed, and in case of a malfunction of the release button, the backrest can
% be moved into the upright position by pulling (480 N) the backrest forward.

The seats have removable furnishings and are equipped with energy-absorbing foam elements.
The seats are fitted with three-point safety harnesses. The harnesses are fastened by inserting
the end of the belts in the belt lock, and are opened by pressing the release on the belt lock.

The backs of the rear seats can be laid forward after pulling upwards on the knob of the locking
bolt.

If seats with adjustable backrests are installed (OÄM-40-252):

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-13

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% If seats with adjustable backrest - Hydrolok are installed (OÄM 40-375):

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
7.7 BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT

The DA 40 may be equipped with one of the following baggage compartment variants:

(a) Standard baggage compartment.

% (b) Standard baggage compartment with “baggage tube.”

(c) Extended baggage compartment (OÄM 40-163). It consists of a forward and an aft
part.

Without a baggage net, no baggage may be loaded.

Page 7-14 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% 7.7.1 STANDARD BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT

The baggage compartment is located behind the rear seats.

% 7.7.2 BAGGAGE TUBE (IF INSTALLED)

On the back side of the standard baggage compartment the baggage tube may be installed.
It is separated by a cloth cover.

% 7.7.3 EXTENDED BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT (OÄM 40-163 AND OÄM 40-164, IF

% INSTALLED)

The extended baggage compartment consists of the standard baggage compartment behind
the rear seats and the baggage extension mounted between the baggage compartment frame
and ring frame No. 1.

The baggage extension has a door that may be hinged up to keep items from sliding aft or hinged
down to carry long items.

The baggage tray may be installed in the bottom of the standard baggage compartment. The
lid of the baggage tray and the bottom of the baggage extension form a flat loading surface. The
lid has mounting provisions for the tow bar. The space under the lid may be used to carry small
items such as the gust lock and the fuel quantity measuring device.

7.8 CANOPY, REAR DOOR, AND CABIN INTERIOR

% 7.8.1 FRONT CANOPY

The front canopy is closed by pulling down on the canopy frame, following which it is locked by
means of a handle on the left hand side of the frame. On locking, steel bolts lock into mating
holes in polyethylene blocks.

“Cooling gap” position: A second setting allows the bolts to lock in, leaving a gap under the front
canopy.

The front canopy can be blocked by a locking device (optional) on the left side near the canopy
opening lever by turning the key clockwise. The closed and blocked canopy can be opened from
inside by pulling the lever inside the opening handle.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-15

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

WARNING
The airplane may be operated with the front canopy in the “cooling
gap” position on the ground only. Before take-off the front canopy
must be completely closed and locked, but not blocked with the
locking device.

A window on the left hand side of the canopy can be opened for additional ventilation or as an
emergency window. Some serial numbers have another window on the right hand side of the
canopy.

% 7.8.2 REAR DOOR

The rear door is closed in the same way, by pulling down on the frame or on the handle (if
installed) and locking it with the handle. A gas pressure damper prevents the door from dropping;
in strong winds the assembly must be held. The rear door is protected against unintentional
opening by an additional lever.

The door can be blocked by a locking device (optional) on the left side near the door opening
lever by turning the key clockwise. The closed and blocked door can be opened from inside by
pulling the lever inside the opening handle.

WARNING
The rear door must be closed and locked, but not blocked with the
locking device before the engine is started.

% 7.8.3 HEATING AND VENTILATION

Heating and ventilation are operated using two levers located on the small center console under
the instrument panel.

Left lever:

up = heating ON
down = heating OFF

Page 7-16 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% Central lever (air distribution lever):

up = airflow to canopy (•)

down = airflow to floor (–)

% 7.8.4 EMERGENCY AXE

If OÄM 40-326 is incorporated an emergency axe is installed on the floor panel under the pilot’s
% seat (see figure below).

If the canopy can not be opened in case of an emergency use the emergency axe to break
through the canopy.

WARNING
Make sure not to harm other persons by using the emergency axe.

WARNING
Beware of sharp edges and fragments of the broken canopy.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-17

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% 7.8.5 EMERGENCY EGRESS HAMMER

% If OÄM 40-401 is incorporated, the emergency egress hammer is installed on the floor panel
% under the pilot’s seat.

% If the canopy cannot be opened in case of an emergency, use the emergency egress hammer
% to break through the canopy.

% WARNING
% Make sure not to harm other persons by using the emergency egress
% hammer.

% WARNING
% Beware of sharp edges and fragments of the broken canopy.

7.9 POWER PLANT

7.9.1 ENGINE, GENERAL

Lycoming IO-360-M1A: Air-cooled four-cylinder four-stroke engine. Horizontally-opposed direct-

drive engine with fuel injection and underslung exhaust.

Displacement: 5916 cm3 (361 in3).

Max. power: 180 HP (134.2 kW) at 2700 RPM at sea level and ISA.

Max. continuous power: 160 HP (119.3 kW) at 2400 RPM at sea level and ISA.

The principal engine accessories at the front of the engine are the propeller governor, the starter
motor, and the alternator. The ignition (optionally controlled by an electronic control unit), the
twin magneto system and the mechanical fuel pump are at the rear of the engine. Fuel is supplied
via a fuel injection system.

Further information should be obtained from the engine operating manual.

The engine instruments are on the right hand side of the instrument panel.

Page 7-18 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

The ignition switch is designed as a key-operated lock. The ignition is switched on by moving
the switch to the right from the OFF position to the L-R-BOTH positions. A further turn to the
right to the START position will operate the starter motor.

7.9.2 OPERATING CONTROLS

The engine performance is controlled by means of three levers: throttle, RPM lever and mixture
control lever, situated together as a group on the large center console (also referred to as the
throttle quadrant). Front and rear are defined in relation to the direction of flight.

% (a) Throttle

- Left hand lever with large, black knob.

This lever is used to set the manifold pressure (MP). When the throttle is furthest forward, the
engine is being provided with extra fuel for high performance settings.

Lever forward (MAX PWR) = Full throttle, higher MP

Lever to rear (IDLE) = Idle, low MP

High manifold pressure means that a large quantity of fuel-air mixture is being supplied to the
engine, while low manifold pressure means a lesser quantity of fuel-air mixture is being supplied.

% (b) RPM Lever

- Central lever with blue handle.

Lever forward (HIGH RPM) = High RPM, fine pitch

Lever to rear (LOW RPM) = Low RPM, coarse pitch

By means of this lever the propeller governor controls the propeller pitch and thus engine RPM
% = propeller RPM. A selected RPM is held constant by the governor independent of the airspeed
% and the throttle setting “constant speed.”

The propeller governor is flanged onto the front of the engine. It regulates the supply of engine
oil to the propeller. The propeller governor oil circulation is an integral part of the engine oil
circulation system. Following a defect in governor or oil system, the blades go the finest possible
pitch (maximum RPM), thus allowing continuation of the flight.
Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-19
Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

CAUTION
Following failure of the governor or a serious drop in oil pressure,
the RPM should be adjusted using the throttle. Every effort should
be made not to exceed 2700 RPM.

CAUTION
The throttle and RPM lever should be moved slowly, in order to avoid
over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes. The light wooden
propeller blades produce more rapid RPM changes than metal
blades.

% (c) Mixture Control Lever

- Right hand lever with red handle and lock to avoid inadvertent operation.

This lever is used to set the proportions in the fuel-air mixture which is supplied to the engine.

Lever forward (RICH) = Mixture rich (in fuel)

Lever to rear (LEAN) = Mixture lean (in fuel)

If the lever is at the forward stop, extra fuel is being supplied to the engine which at higher
performance settings contributes to engine cooling. In cruise, the mixture should be made leaner
in order to reach the appropriate fuel-air mixture. The leaning procedure is given in Chapter 4.

To shut off the engine the mixture control lever is pulled to the rear stop. Air without fuel is thus
drawn into the cylinders and the engine dies. When the engine is stationary there is thus no fuel
in the cylinders.

% (d) Alternate Air

In the event of the loss of manifold pressure because of icing or blocking of the air filter, there
is the possibility of drawing air from the engine compartment. The operating lever for alternate
air is located under the instrument panel to the left of the center console. To open alternate air
the lever is pulled to the rear. Normally, alternate air is closed, with the lever in the forward
position.

Page 7-20 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

Placard on the lever, forward position:

ALTERNATE AIR

Placard on the lever, visible when lever is in the rearward position:

ALTERNATE AIR
ON

7.9.3 PROPELLER

% An mt-Propeller MTV-12-B/180-17 type or MTV-12-B/180-17f type, hydraulically-regulated 3-

bladed constant speed propeller is installed. It has wood-composite blades with fiber-reinforced
plastic coating and stainless steel edge cladding; in the region of the propeller hub the leading
% edge is coated with adhesive PU foil. These blades combine the lowest weight while minimizing
% vibration.

CAUTION
Operation on the ground at high RPM should be avoided as far as
possible, as the blades could suffer stone damage. For this reason
a suitable site for engine runs (magneto and propeller checks) should
be selected, where there are no loose stones or similar items.

WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand while the ignition is switched ON,
as it may result in serious personal injury.

Never try to start the engine by hand.

% (a) Governor

One of the following governors may be installed:

Woodward C-210776 Governor, MT P-420-10 Governor (OÄM 40-077) or MT P-860-23 Governor

(OÄM 40-289).

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-21

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

7.9.4 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS

Button 1: Lean mode

Button 2: Digital exhaust gas / cylinder head temperature mode

% Button 3: Switch in autotrack. Button 3 has an additional function on switch-on: Display mode.

Button 4: Fuel computer mode

Button 5: Engine data recorder

% (a) Sweep Mode or Pointer Mode

% If the switch-on button (button 3) is kept pressed until the display transfers from activating all
bars/pointers to indicating the actual values, the type of presentation can be selected. In one
case the circular instruments show the values with a pointer as in conventional analog instruments,
whilst in the other case the circular instruments fill with pointers/bars up to the current value.
It remains for the pilot to select his preferred presentation.

Page 7-22 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% (b) Indications on the Vision Microsystems VM 1000 Engine Instrument

Designation Indication Unit

MAN Manifold pressure inHg
RPM RPM RPM
EGT Exhaust gas temperature °F
CHT Cylinder head temperature °F
FUEL P Fuel pressure PSI
FUEL FLW Fuel flow US gal/hr
OIL P Oil pressure PSI
OIL T Oil temperature °F
VOLT Voltage V
AMP Intensity of current A

% (c) Button 1 - Lean Mode

Upon powering up the unit the Normal mode is shown. Between the colored sector markings
the cylinder head temperatures of the individual cylinders are shown by bars. Above those are
bars showing the exhaust gas temperatures of the individual cylinders.

In the event of the failure of a sensor the relevant indication remains empty. A flashing cylinder
head temperature indication means either that the cylinder is too hot, or that it is being cooled
too rapidly (shock-cooling).

The operation of button 1 causes the display to move to Lean mode. This is confirmed by two
half-bars appearing to the left and right of the bar blocks. In this mode all bars which previously
showed cylinder head and exhaust gas temperature are used for exhaust gas temperature only.
One bar represents 10 °F (4.6 °C). If the columns are completely filled with bars before the mixture
is lean, button 1 should be pressed twice so that the bars start again at the base of the indicator.

A flashing bar column indicates that the relevant cylinder has reached the hottest exhaust gas
temperature. This point will be marked with a single bar, which can be used as a reference for

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-23

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

enriching the mixture. As an option, the numerical indication can be used additionally for this
purpose.

% (d) Button 2 - Digital Exhaust Gas / Cylinder Head Temperature Mode

Using this button, the numerical indication for exhaust gas and cylinder head temperature
underneath the graphical representation of these figures is set. Following each sequential
operation of the button the exhaust gas and cylinder head temperatures of an individual cylinder
are displayed. In this, the display jumps automatically from the number of the current cylinder
to its current temperature. After the fourth cylinder the display switches to the Automatic mode,
which gives both the number of the cylinder with the highest exhaust gas temperature as well
as (beside it) the number of the hottest cylinder. Alternating with this, the associated temperatures
are displayed.

% (e) Button 3 - Switch in Autotrack

In the Autotrack mode changes in the engine values are shown. If button 3 is operated in flight,
variations from the current values will be displayed, in that the relevant circular instrument and
the annotation AUTOTRACK will start to flash.

In order to leave the mode, button 3 must be operated. The mode is left automatically if there
is a critical value to be indicated.

% (f) Button 4 - Fuel Computer Mode

By operating button 4 the display is switched from fuel flow (FUEL FLW) to a numerical indication
underneath it. There are 4 modes, which are called up by pressing button 4 in sequence. The
modes are:

REM: The remaining fuel is shown is US gal. The steps in this are 0.1 US gal. This mode is only
available if the ADD mode - add up fuel - has previously been activated.

HRS: This mode shows the remaining flight time (in hours) on the basis of the current fuel flow.
The steps in this indication are tenths of hours. This mode is also only available if the ADD
mode - add up fuel - has previously been activated.

BRN: This mode shows the amount of fuel used (in US gal) since the equipment was switched
on. The steps in this are 0.1 US gal.

Page 7-24 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

ADD: This mode can be used after refueling to bring the fuel quantity, which the equipment uses
for its calculations, up to date. In order to utilize the REM and HRS modes, the computer
needs to be told how much fuel has been taken on. 10 US gal are added by pressing button
3, while pressing button 5 adds one US gal to the total. The quantity is confirmed by
pressing button 4. In doing this, the quantity which has been entered in ADD is added to
the previous total under REM. To check the fuel quantity button 4 should be pressed until
REM is shown. If too much has been added, button 4 should not be pressed for
confirmation. After approx. 20 seconds the computer automatically leaves the ADD mode.

CAUTION
Incorrect use of the computer in the fuel-computer mode will result
in false statements in the “REM - remaining fuel” and the “HRS -
remaining flight time” modes. Before using the fuel computer mode
in flight the pilot must be certain that he has understood the operation
and use of the equipment. Beyond this, use of the fuel computer must
not be regarded as a substitute for fuel planning for a flight.

% (g) Button 5 - Engine Data Recorder

Operating button 5 will activate the engine data recorder. The digital values shown are the
minimum values recorded by the engine instrument unit during operation, such as lowest voltage,
lowest fuel pressure, etc. The numerical RPM indicator will indicate the total operating hours.

Pressing button 5 again will show the maximum values encountered. Pressing button 5 still
another time will turn off the engine data recorder and the display will return to the original mode.
If button 5 is not pressed for approximately 20 seconds, the display will automatically return to
the original mode.

Data of the engine data recorder can be called during or immediately after flight only. With each
new flight the old data will be overwritten.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-25

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

7.10 FUEL SYSTEM

% 7.10.1 STANDARD TANK

Page 7-26 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% 7.10.2 LONG RANGE TANK

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-27

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% 7.10.3 FUEL PUMPS

The fuel system is equipped with a mechanical and an electrical fuel pump. The mechanical pump
provides for the normal fuel supply.

The electrical fuel pump is provided as an auxiliary and emergency pump, which does not operate
under normal circumstances. It is operated with the FUEL PUMP switch on the row of switches
on the instrument panel. It is checked during engine start, and is used as a safety back-up during
take-off and landing, as well as when switching fuel tanks. It is also switched on for safety in the
event of a decrease in fuel pressure.

% 7.10.4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR

The fuel tank selector is situated on the center console. Its positions are LEFT (tank), RIGHT
(tank) and OFF. The OFF position is reached by turning the selector to the right while pulling
up the safety catch of the fuel tank selector. This is to ensure that an OFF selection is not made
unintentionally.

(a) Standard Tank

Page 7-28 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

(b) Long Range Tank

% 7.10.5 FUEL TANKS

Each of the two wing tanks consists of two (standard tank) or three (long range tank) aluminum
chambers which are joined by a piece of flexible hose and two independent vent hoses. There
are two separate vents per tank. The hose terminations are situated on the underside of the wing,
approx. 2 meter (7 ft) from the wing tip. One vent acts as a capillary, both to equalize the air
pressure, and to provide a safety factor in the event of a failure of the other vent. The second
vent is a check valve, to allow air to enter the tank, but prevent flow to the outside.

A coarse filter (finger filter) is fitted before the outlet. To allow draining of the tank, there is an
outlet valve at its lowest point. A gascolator sits at the lowest point in the fuel system. A drain
valve is fitted to the gascolator, which can be used to remove water and sediment which has
collected in the fuel system. This valve is fitted centrally on the underside of the fuselage,
approximately 30 cm (1 ft) forward of the wing leading edge.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-29

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% (a) Fuel Quantity Indication

% Standard tank

A capacity probe ascertains fuel quantity in the tank. When the fuel quantity indicator reads zero,
only the unusable fuel remains in the tank. The total capacity of each tank is 20 US gal
(approximately 76 liter). The maximum quantity that can be indicated is either 15 US gal (up to
serial number 40.054) or 17 US gal (serial number 40.055 and subsequent). The indication up
to this quantity is correct. At an actual quantity above 15 US gal / 17 US gal the indication remains
at 15 US gal / 17 US gal.

NOTE
When the fuel quantity indicator reads 15 US gal / 17 US gal, the
correct fuel quantity must be determined with the fuel quantity
measuring device. If this measurement is not carried out, the fuel
quantity available for flight planning is 15 US gal / 17 US gal.

% Long range tank

For ascertaining fuel quantity in the enlarged tanks an additional capacitive probe is used on
each side (LH/RH). When the fuel quantity indicator reads zero, only the unusable fuel remains
in the tank. The usable capacity of each tank is 25 US gal (approximately 94 liter).

Up to an actual fuel quantity of 16 US gal the fuel quantity is measured by the standard probes
and is brought to indication on the left and right side of the instrument in increments of 1 US gal.

A fuel quantity between 16 US gal and 25 US gal is ascertained by the additional probes and
is brought to indication in the central area of the fuel quantity indicator. The indication is numerical
in 3 US gal steps (in the range from 0 to 3 US gal) and 1 US gal steps (in the range above 3 US
gal up to max. 9 US gal). The side to be indicated can be selected by the AUX FUEL QTY switch
(see figure below) which is located next to the indicator. The indication on the left and right side
of the instrument (0 US gal to max. 16 US gal) is not affected by the switch.

The actual fuel quantity in the respective tank (LH/RH) is the sum of the central indication and
the corresponding indication on the left or right side.

Page 7-30 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

CAUTION
The correct indication of the fuel quantity takes 2 minutes after
actuation of the AUX FUEL QTY switch.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-31

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% 7.10.6 FUEL QUANTITY MEASURING DEVICE

The fuel quantity measuring device allows the fuel quantity in the tank to be determined during
the pre-flight inspection. It functions according to the principle of communicating containers. The
fuel quantity measuring device has a recess which fits the airfoil of the wing. With this recess
the device is held against the stall strip at the leading edge of the wing. The exact position is
marked by a bore in the stall strip. Then the metal connector is pressed against the drain of the
tank. The amount of fuel in the tank can now be read off from the vertical ascending pipe.

% For a correct indication the airplane must be placed on level ground and the fuel filler must have
been opened before.

The designated place for the fuel quantity measuring device is the bag on the rear side of the
pilot’s seat.

CAUTION
Different fuel measuring devices are used for the standard tank and
the long range tank. The use of the wrong device results in a wrong
indication.

Page 7-32 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% Fuel quantity measuring device for standard tank (left) and long range tank (right)

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-33

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% (a) Alternate Means for Fuel Quantity Indication with Fuel Indicator II (for Standard Tank
% Configuration Only)

% For an exact indication, the airplane must stand on horizontal ground with the wings level.

% The fuel indicator II includes a protractor for an additional pitch angle measurement. The fuel
% indicator II is placed on top of the fuselage tube just in front of the vertical tail. The lower edge
% of the fuel indicator II must be supported by the fuselage for its entire length. Read the pitch angle
% on the fuel indicator II, and read the exact fuel quantity on the tables provided.

Page 7-34 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% Fuel Quantity Indicator II - standard tank configuration only
%
%

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-35

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% Fuel Quantity Indicator II Pitch Angle Reading Usable Fuel Quantity

% 1° 2° 3° 4° 5° US gal Liter
%

% up to 5 up to 5 up to 5 up to 5 up to 0 0 0
% 35 25 16 8 1 1 3.8
% 45 36 30 20 15 2 7.6
% 65 48 40 35 28 3 11.3
% 75 68 55 47 39 4 15.1
% 92 80 72 66 55 5 18.9
% 110 90 78 70 65 6 22.7
% 118 108 95 87 77 7 26.5
% 130 123 110 100 90 8 30.3
% 140 132 115 102 95 9 34.1
% 148 136 129 122 113 10 37.8
% 162 149 138 130 118 11 41.6
% 174 158 150 138 131 12 45.4
% 180 171 162 156 146 13 49.2
% 185 180 175 166 156 14 53.0
% 200 195 184 176 168 15 56.8
% 217 205 196 189 181 16 60.6
% 232 220 215 204 196 17 64.4
% 248 238 230 221 214 18 68.1

Page 7-36 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

7.11 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Simplified wiring diagram for serial numbers without Essential Bus

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-37

Revision 10
Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

Simplified wiring diagram for serial numbers with Essential Bus

Page 7-38 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

7.11.1 GENERAL

The DA 40 has 28 Volt DC system, which can be sub-divided into:

- Power generation
- Storage
- Distribution
- Consumers

% (a) Power Generation

The 70 Ampère alternator (generator) is mounted on the front of the engine. It is driven by a V-belt,
and charges the battery. In the event of alternator failure, the battery provides the system with
electrical energy. Given the provision of these two independent sources of electrical power, the
complete failure of the electrical system is extremely unlikely.

% (b) Storage

Power is stored in a lead-acid battery which is mounted in the right-hand side of the engine
compartment. It has a capacity of 10 Ampère-hour or more, depending on the battery type. The
battery is connected to the airplane electrical system via the main (70 Ampère) circuit breaker.

In addition, a non-rechargeable dry battery or a lithium battery pack is installed in the IFR model
% as a further source of power for the backup instruments, and the flood light. When the emergency
switch is set to ON, these two systems are supplied with power for 1 hour and 30 minutes,
independent of all other electrical consumers.

% (c) Distribution

Electrical power is distributed via the main bus and, if installed, the essential bus.

% (d) Master Switch (ALT/BAT)

The Master switch is divided into a Master switch (ALT) on the left and a Master switch (BAT)
on the right. Both switches together are known as the Master switch (ALT/BAT).

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-39

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

% (e) Consumers

The individual consumers (e.g. radio, electrical fuel pump, position lights, etc.) are connected
to the main bus via automatic circuit breakers.

Designations and abbreviations used to identify the circuit breakers are explained in Section
1.5 - DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

% (f) Ignition

The basic version of the DA 40 is equipped with the electric start boost system SlickSTART. This
system improves the start characteristics by delivering more spark energy during the engine start
sequence. After engine starting the ignition is controlled by the conventional retard breaker
magneto system.

As an option, the LASAR electronic ignition control unit can be installed instead of the SlickSTART
system. This unit measures manifold pressure and RPM and uses these parameters to optimize
the ignition timing. This provides for smooth engine running and improved starting behavior. If
the electronic ignition control is not in operation, the status light for the ignition illuminates and
the conventional magneto ignition takes over the ignition control. Also, during operation of the
engine on only one magneto, for example during the magneto check, the ignition is not controlled
electronically and the status light for the ignition should illuminate. For engine restart in flight
without the electronic ignition control being operative an engine speed of more than 500 RPM
is necessary. The magneto ignition is independent of the electrical network, therefore providing
safe engine operation even in the event of a power failure.

% (g) Voltmeter

The voltmeter displays the potential on the main bus. If the alternator is operating, the alternator
voltage is shown, otherwise it is that provided by the battery.

% (h) Ammeter

The ammeter displays the current with which the alternator is being loaded.

% (i) Landing and Taxi Lights

Landing and taxi lights are built into the left wing, and are each operated by means of a switch
(LANDING, TAXI) on the row of switches on the instrument panel.

Page 7-40 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% (j) Position and Strobe Lights

Combined position and strobe lights (anti collision lights) are installed on both wing tips. Each
system is operated by a switch (POSITION, STROBE) on the row of switches on the instrument
panel.

% (k) Flood Light

A two-dimensional light emitter is mounted above the instrument panel. It illuminates the
instrument panel as well as all levers, switches, etc. With a rotary button (FLOOD) in the left-hand
section of the instrument panel the flood light is switched on and its brightness is adjusted.

% (l) Instrument Lighting

With a rotary button (INSTRUMENT) in the left-hand section of the instrument panel the internal
lighting of the instruments is switched on and its brightness is adjusted.

% (m) Pitot Heating

The Pitot probe, which provides measurement for the Pitot-static system, is electrically heated.
The heating is activated with a switch (PITOT) on the row of switches on the instrument panel.
The temperature is automatically kept constant by means of a thermal switch on the Pitot probe,
and as an additional safety measure a thermal fuse is built in. If this thermal fuse is activated,
the Pitot heating can no longer be switched on, and the Pitot heating caution will be displayed.
In this case the system should be serviced.

NOTE
The Pitot heating caution will also be displayed whenever the Pitot
heating system is switched OFF.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-41

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

7.11.2 DAI ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (WARNING, CAUTION AND STATUS LIGHTS)

% There are two variants of the annunciator panel (“DAI” and “White Wire”). The “DAI” variant, which
is described below, can be identified by the lights in the shape of a square.

% (a) Testing the Annunciator Panel

In the process of the pre-flight check the lights of the annunciator panel must be checked by
operating the test switch. This is to check that the lights have not failed. All lights must be
serviceable.

% (b) Alternator Warning Light (ALT)

The alternator warning light illuminates on alternator failure. The only remaining source of electrical
power is the battery. The color is red.

The procedure to be followed upon alternator warning is given in 3.7.2 - FAILURES IN THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (c) Low Voltage Caution Light (VOLT)

This caution light illuminates when the on-board voltage drops below 24 Volts. It goes out again
when the voltage exceeds 25 Volts. The color is amber.

The procedure to be followed upon low voltage caution is given in 4B.3 - FAILURES IN THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (d) Fuel Pressure Warning Light (FUEL PR)

The fuel pressure warning light illuminates when the fuel pressure drops below 14 PSI. The color
is red.

% (e) Low Fuel Caution Lights (L FUEL and R FUEL)

Each tank has its own caution light. It starts to flash when the fuel quantity becomes low, and
illuminates permanently when the quantity of usable fuel in the respective tank drops below 3
US gal (±1 US gal). The indication is calibrated for straight and level flight. The light may illuminate
during turns which are flown with slip, or while taxiing in curves. The color is amber.

Page 7-42 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% (f) Oil Pressure Warning Light (OIL PR)

The oil pressure warning light illuminates when the oil pressure drops below 25 PSI. The color
is red.

The procedure to be followed upon oil pressure warning is given in 3.2.3 - ENGINE PROBLEMS
IN FLIGHT.

% (g) Door Warning Light (DOOR)

The door warning light illuminates when the front canopy and/or the rear door is not closed and
locked. The color is red.

% The procedure to be followed upon door warning is given in 3.7.4 - DOOR OPEN.

% (h) Status Light for the Ignition (IGN)

This light is only used when the electronic ignition control unit is installed.

The status light for the ignition illuminates when the electronic ignition control is not operating.
In this case the conventional magneto ignition will be in use. The color is white.

The procedure to be followed upon illumination of the ignition status light is given in 4B.3 -
FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (i) Starter Warning Light (START)

The starter warning light illuminates when the starter is being operated or when the connection
between the starter motor and the engine has not been broken. This occurs when the pinion
of the starter motor remains engaged with the propeller flywheel. The color is red.

The procedure to be followed upon starter warning is given in 3.7.2 - FAILURES IN THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (j) Pitot Heating Caution Light (PITOT)

The Pitot heating caution light is illuminated when the Pitot heating is not switched on, or when
there is a failure of the Pitot heating system. The color is amber.

Prolonged operation of the Pitot heating on the ground can also cause the Pitot heating caution
light to illuminate. In this case it indicates the activation of the thermal switch, which prevents

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-43

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

overheating of the Pitot heating system on the ground. This is a normal function of the system.
After a cooling period, the heating system will be switched on again automatically.

7.11.3 WHITE WIRE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (WARNING, CAUTION AND STATUS LIGHTS)

% There are two variants of the annunciator panel (“DAI” and “White Wire”). The “White Wire”
% variant, which is described below, can be identified by the flat front panel and the “White Wire”
logo on the display in the upper left corner.

% (a) Testing the Annunciator Panel

In the process of the pre-flight check, proper functioning of the annunciator panel must be verified.
This functional check is automatically started after switching the battery master switch ON. All
% lights are flashed, and the aural alert is muted. By pressing the “acknowledge” button, the lights
are extinguished, and a momentary aural alert is sounded. This test verifies functionality of the
microprocessor, the lights, and the aural signal.

% The pilot may initiate additional system tests by holding the “acknowledge” button for 2 seconds.
All lights will begin flashing, and the aural alert will sound continuously.

% (b) Warning Messages

A warning is indicated by a continuous aural alert (sounded in the airplane’s intercom system),
flashing of the red WARNING light, and flashing of the red warning light associated with the
affected system.

% By pressing the “acknowledge” button, which is now illuminated green, the aural alert will be
terminated, and the WARNING light will be extinguished. The warning light associated with the
affected system will change from flashing to solid illumination.

% (c) Caution Messages

A caution is indicated by a momentary aural alert (sounded in the airplane’s intercom system),
flashing of the amber CAUTION light, and flashing of the amber caution light associated with
the affected system.

By pressing the “acknowledge” button, which is now illuminated green, the CAUTION light will
be extinguished. The caution light associated with the affected system will change from flashing
to solid illumination.
Page 7-44 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E
Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

The LOW FUEL caution message is displayed in a slightly different manner (extended
functionality), which is described below.

% (d) Alternator Warning Message (ALTERNATOR)

The alternator warning message is displayed on alternator failure. The only remaining source
of electrical power is the battery.

The procedure to be followed upon alternator warning is given in 3.7.2 - FAILURES IN THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (e) Low Voltage Caution Message (LOW VOLTS)

The low voltage caution message is displayed when the on-board voltage drops below 24 Volts.
It is terminated when the voltage exceeds 25 Volts again.

The procedure to be followed upon low voltage caution is given in 4B.3 - FAILURES IN THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (f) Fuel Pressure Warning Message (FUEL PRESS)

The fuel pressure warning message is displayed when the fuel pressure drops below 14 PSI.

% (g) Low Fuel Caution Message (LOW FUEL)

As soon as the amount of usable fuel in one tank is less than 3 US gal (±1 US gal), a caution
message is displayed in the usual manner (momentary aural alert, flashing CAUTION light,
flashing LOW FUEL caution light). Termination of the message is also done as usual
% (“acknowledge,” CAUTION light is extinguished, LOW FUEL caution light changes to solid
illumination).

As soon as the amount of usable fuel in the second tank is also less than 3 US gal (±1 US gal),
a caution message is displayed in a different manner. A continuous aural alert is sounded in
the airplane’s intercom system, the amber CAUTION light is flashed, and the amber LOW FUEL
caution light is flashed.

% By pressing the “acknowledge” button, which is now illuminated green, the aural alert will be
terminated, and the CAUTION light will be extinguished. The LOW FUEL caution light will continue
to be flashed.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-45

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

The indication is calibrated for straight and level flight. The caution message may be triggered
during turns which are flown with slip, or while taxiing in curves.

% (h) Oil Pressure Warning Message (OIL PRESS)

The oil pressure warning message is displayed when the oil pressure drops below 25 PSI.

The procedure to be followed upon oil pressure warning is given in 3.2.3 - ENGINE PROBLEMS
IN FLIGHT.

% (i) Door Warning Message (DOORS)

The door warning message is displayed when the front canopy and/or the rear door is not closed
and locked.

% The procedure to be followed upon door warning is given in 3.7.4 - DOOR OPEN.

% (j) Status Light for the Ignition (IGN)

This light is only used when the electronic ignition control unit is installed.

The status light for the ignition is illuminated when the electronic ignition control is not operating.
In this case the conventional magneto ignition will be in use. The color is white.

The WARNING light, the CAUTION light, and the aural alert will not be activated.

The procedure to be followed upon illumination of the ignition status light is given in 4B.3 -
FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

% (k) Starter Warning Message (START)

The starter warning message is displayed when the connection between the starter motor and
the engine has not been broken. This occurs when the pinion of the starter motor remains
engaged with the propeller flywheel.

Furthermore, the START warning light is illuminated continuously as long as the starter is being
operated. In this case the W ARNING light and the aural alert will not be activated.

The procedure to be followed upon starter warning is given in 3.7.2 - FAILURES IN THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

Page 7-46 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Airplane Description

% (l) Pitot Heating Caution Message (PITOT)

The Pitot heating caution message is displayed when the Pitot heating is not switched on, or
when there is a failure of the Pitot heating system.

Prolonged operation of the Pitot heating on the ground can also cause the Pitot heating caution
message to be displayed. In this case it indicates the activation of the thermal switch, which
prevents overheating of the Pitot heating system on the ground. This is a normal function of the
system. After a cooling period, the heating system will be switched on again automatically.

% (m) Trim Failure Warning Message (TRIM FAIL)

The White Wire annunciator panel is prepared for the installation of an autopilot in the DA 40.
When the autopilot is installed and ready for operation, this warning message indicates a failure
of the automatic trim system of the autopilot. For further details, refer to the Supplement to the
AFM for the autopilot (if installed).

% (n) Unused Lights

The White Wire annunciator panel has two lights for possible future use. These lights are currently
unused.

7.12 PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM

Total pressure is measured at the leading edge of a Pitot probe under the left wing. Static pressure
% is measured at two orifices at the lower rear edges of the Pitot probe. To protect against dirt and
condensation there are filters in the system, which are accessible from the wing root. The Pitot
probe is electrically heated.

In addition, some serial numbers have an alternate static valve installed on the underside of the
% instrument panel. With this valve, the static pressure in the cabin can be used as the static
pressure source in the event of a failure of the Pitot-static system.

If an autopilot system is installed, additional static sources may be installed (OÄM 40-267).

7.13 STALL WARNING

If airspeed drops below approximately 10 to minimum 5 knots above the stalling speed, the stall
warning horn, located in the instrument panel, will sound. The horn becomes progressively louder

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 7-47

Revision 10
 Airplane Description DA 40 AFM

the closer one gets to stalling speed. Suction at an orifice on the left wing leading edge activates
the horn via a hose. The orifice for the stall warning in the left wing is marked by a red ring.

7.14 AVIONICS
The radio and navigation equipment is located in the central part of the instrument panel. A
transmit switch for the radio is mounted on the end of each control stick. There are connection
facilities for up to 4 headsets between the front seats.

7.15 CO-MONITOR (IF INSTALLED)

The airplane may be equipped with a CO detector (OÄM 40-253).

7.15.1 SELF TEST SEQUENCE

When power is applied to the CO detector, a self-test routine begins. The test checks for
functionality of the critical components such as the CO sensor, temperature sensor, and the
integrity of the total CO detector system.

The remote alert light will flash twice. Then the remote light will remain OFF until there is another
CO alert or until a failure of the unit occurs.

7.15.2 IN-FLIGHT CO ALARM

If the CO detector visual alert annunciator illuminates in flight, press the TEST/RESET button.

If the alert continues with the remote light staying ON, proceed with the emergency procedure
3.7.3 - SUSPICION OF CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION IN THE CABIN.

NOTE
The remote light will stay on until the CO level goes below 50 PPM.

7.15.3 UNIT FAILURE INDICATION

A failure of the CO sensor, temperature sensor, or the micro-controller will result in the following
failure indications:

% The remote light will flash at a rate of approximately one flash every four seconds until the failure
is cleared or power is removed from the unit.

Page 7-48 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Handling

CHAPTER 8
AIRPLANE HANDLING, CARE AND MAINTENANCE
Page

% 8.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

% 8.2 AIRPLANE INSPECTION INTERVALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.3 AIRPLANE ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
% 8.4 GROUND HANDLING / ROAD TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
% 8.4.1 GROUND HANDLING WITHOUT TOW BAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
% 8.4.2 GROUND HANDLING WITH TOW BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.4.3 PARKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8.4.4 MOORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.4.5 JACKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.4.6 ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.4.7 ROAD TRANSPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8.5 CLEANING AND CARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8.5.1 PAINTED SURFACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
% 8.5.2 CANOPY AND REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8.5.3 PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.5.4 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
% 8.5.5 INTERIOR SURFACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
% 8.6 DE-ICING ON THE GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 8-1

Revision 10
 Handling DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 8-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Handling

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Chapter 8 contains the manufacturer's recommended procedures for proper ground handling
and servicing of the airplane. The Airplane Maintenance Manual (Doc. No. 6.02.01) lists certain
inspection and maintenance requirements which must be followed if the airplane is to retain
a new plane performance and reliability.

8.2 AIRPLANE INSPECTION INTERVALS

For maintenance work on engine and propeller, the currently effective Operator's Manuals,
Service Instructions, Service Letters and Service Bulletins of Lycoming and mt-Propeller must
be followed. For airframe inspections, the currently effective checklists/manuals of the
manufacturer must be followed.

CAUTION
Unscheduled maintenance checks are required after:

- Hard landings.
- Propeller strike.
- Engine fire.
% - Lightning strike.
- Occurrence of other malfunctions and damage.

Unscheduled maintenance checks are described in the Airplane

Maintenance Manual (Doc. No. 6.02.01; Section 05-50).

8.3 AIRPLANE ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS

Alterations or repairs of the airplane may be carried out only according to the Airplane
Maintenance Manual, Doc. No. 6.02.01, and only by authorized personnel.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 8-3

Revision 10
 Handling DA 40 AFM

8.4 GROUND HANDLING / ROAD TRANSPORT

8.4.1 GROUND HANDLING WITHOUT TOW BAR

During forward traversing the nose wheel will follow the movement of the airplane. Change in
direction is achieved by pulling on the propeller near the spinner. To traverse in the rear direction,
the tail section of the airplane should be pushed down until the nose wheel is clear of the ground.
This method can also be used to turn the airplane around its m ain landing gear.

8.4.2 GROUND HANDLING WITH TOW BAR

For pushing or pulling the airplane on the ground, it is recommended to use the tow bar which
is available from the manufacturer. The tow bar is bent apart and engaged in the appropriate
% holes in the nose wheel fairing as shown in the picture below. The arresting knob must be fully
engaged.

WARNING
The tow bar must be removed before starting the engine.

CAUTION
The tow bar may only be used for moving the airplane on the ground
by hand. After moving the airplane, the tow bar must be removed.

NOTE
When moving the airplane rearward, the tow bar must be held firmly
to prevent abrupt sideward deflection of the nose wheel.

Page 8-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Handling

8.4.3 PARKING

For short term parking, the airplane must be positioned into the wind, the parking brake must
be engaged and the wing flaps must be in the retracted position. For extended and unattended
parking, as well as in unpredictable wind conditions, the airplane must be anchored to the ground
or placed in a hangar. Parking in a hangar is recommended.

% (a) Control Surfaces Gust Lock

The manufacturer offers a control surfaces gust lock which can be used to block the primary
controls. It is recommended that the control surfaces gust lock be used when parking outdoors,
% because the control surfaces can hit the stops in strong tail winds. This can lead to excessive
wear or damage.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 8-5

Revision 10
 Handling DA 40 AFM

WARNING
The control surfaces gust lock must be removed before flight.

The control surfaces gust lock is installed as follows:

1. Move the rudder pedals fully rearward.

2. Engage the control surfaces gust lock with the pedals.
3. Engage the stick, wrap straps around stick once.
4. Attach the locks and tighten the straps.

For removal, reverse the sequence.

% NOTE
% The figures below show the gust lock installed in a DA 42.
% Nevertheless, the figures are an accurate depiction of the gust lock
% installed correctly in the DA 40.

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

Page 8-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Handling

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
8.4.4 MOORING

The tail fin of the airplane has a hole which can be used to tie-down the airplane to the ground.
Also on each wing near the wing tip, an eyelet with a metric M8 thread can be installed and used
as tie-down points.

8.4.5 JACKING

The DA 40 can be jacked at the two jackpoints located on the lower side of the fuselage's LH
and RH root ribs as well as at the tail fin.

8.4.6 ALIGNMENT

For alignment push down on the tail section at the fuselage/vertical tail junction until the nose
wheel is clear of the ground. With the nose wheel free, the DA 40 can be turned around the
main landing gear. After turning the airplane into the correct position, release the tail section
until the nose wheel is back on the ground.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 8-7

Revision 10
 Handling DA 40 AFM

8.4.7 ROAD TRANSPORT

For transporting the airplane on the road it is recommended that an open trailer be used. All
airplane components must be stored on a cushioned surface and secured to avoid any movement
during transportation.

% (a) Fuselage

The fuselage should stand on the main and nose landing gear. It must be ensured that the
fuselage will not move in a forward, backward or upward direction. Furthermore, it must be
ensured that the propeller has sufficient clearance so that it cannot be damaged due to fuselage
movement during transportation.

% (b) Wings

For transportation, both wings must be removed from the fuselage. To avoid any damage, the
wings are stored in an upright position on the leading edge with the root rib area positioned on
an upholstered profiled surface with a width of at least 400 mm (1.3 ft). The outside wing area
(approximately 3 m (10 ft) from the root rib area) is placed on an upholstered profiled surface
with a minimum width of 300 mm (1 ft).

The wings must be secured to avoid any sliding movement to the rear.

% (c) Horizontal Stabilizer

The horizontal stabilizer is stored flat on the trailer and secured with straps, or in an upright
position sitting on the leading edge on a profiled surface. All storing surfaces must be upholstered
with felt or cellular rubber.

Page 8-8 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Handling

8.5 CLEANING AND CARE

CAUTION
The airplane must be kept clean. The bright surface prevents the
structure from overheating.

CAUTION
Excessive dirt deteriorates the flight performance.

8.5.1 PAINTED SURFACES

The entire surface of the airplane is painted with a white weatherproof two component paint.
Nevertheless, it is advantageous to protect the airplane against moisture and dampness. It is
recommended to park the airplane in a hangar for prolonged storage. Moisture that has
penetrated must be removed by storing the affected parts in a dry place and turning them over
several times.

Dirt, insects, etc. can be removed with water alone and if necessary with a mild detergent. An
automotive paint cleaner can be used for stubborn spots. For best results, clean the airplane
after the day's flying is ended, so that the dirt will not become ingrained.

Oil stains, exhaust stains, etc. on the lower fuselage skin can be removed with a cold detergent.
Before starting, ensure that the detergent does not affect the surface finish. Use commercial
automotive preservatives without silicone additives to conserve the paint finish.

8.5.2 CANOPY AND REAR DOOR

% The canopy and rear door should be cleaned with “Plexiklar” or any other acrylic glass detergent
if available; otherwise use lukewarm water. Final cleaning should be done with a clean piece
of chamois-leather or soft cloth. Never rub or polish dry acrylic glass.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 8-9

Revision 10
 Handling DA 40 AFM

8.5.3 PROPELLER

Damage and malfunctions during operation must be inspected by authorized personnel.

% (a) Surface

The manufacturer uses PU paint or acrylic paint which is resistant to almost any solvent. The
blades may be treated with commercial automotive cleaning agents or preservatives. The
penetration of moisture into the wooden core must be avoided by all means. Should doubts
arise, an appropriately rated inspector must be consulted.

8.5.4 ENGINE

Engine cleaning is part of the scheduled inspections.

CAUTION
Do not use acidic detergents (e.g. automotive wheel cleaners) for
cleaning the exhaust system.

8.5.5 INTERIOR SURFACES

The interior should be cleaned using a vacuum cleaner. All loose items (pens, bags etc.) should
be removed or properly stored and secured.

All instruments can be cleaned using a soft dry cloth, plastic surfaces should be wiped clean
using a damp cloth without any cleaning agents.

The leather interior should be treated with leather sealer within 3 months since new, and then
at intervals of 3 to 6 months. Clean the leather interior with an appropriate mild leather cleaning
agent and a soft cleaning brush for leather.

Note that the acrylic glass windows transmit the ultraviolet radiation from the sun.

Page 8-10 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Handling

8.6 DE-ICING ON THE GROUND

% (a) Approved De-Icing Fluids

Manufacturer Product
Kilfrost TKS 80
Aeroshell Compound 07
Any source AL-5 (DTD 406B)

% (b) De-Icing Procedure

1. Remove any snow from the airplane using a soft brush.

2. Spray de-icing fluid onto ice-covered surfaces using a suitable spray bottle.
3. Use a soft piece of cloth to wipe the airplane dry.

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 8-11

Revision 10
 Handling DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 8-12 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Supplements

CHAPTER 9
SUPPLEMENTS
Page

% 9.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

9.2 LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 9-1

Revision 10
 Supplements DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 9-2 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Supplements

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Chapter 9 contains information concerning additional (optional) equipment of the DA 40.

Unless otherwise stated, the procedures given in the Supplements must be applied in addition
to the procedures given in the main part of the Airplane Flight Manual.

All approved supplements are listed in the List of Supplements in this Chapter.

The Airplane Flight Manual contains exactly those Supplements which correspond to the installed
equipment according to the Equipment Inventory of Section 6.5.

9.2 LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS

Airplane S/N: Registration: Date:

% Sup. Rev. Applicable

Title Date
No. No. YES NO
A1 COMM/NAV, KX 125 Bendix/King 1 20-Apr-2001 9 9

Intercom System, Model PM 1000 II PS

A2 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9
Engineering, Inc.

A3 Transponder, KT 76A Bendix/King 1 20-Apr-2001 9 9

A4 GPS, KLN 89B Bendix/King 1 20-Apr-2001 9 9

Course Deviation Indicator, KI 208

A5 1 20-Apr-2001 9 9
Bendix/King

A6 GPS, KLN 94 (VFR Operation) Bendix/King 2 09-Sep-2001 9 9

Audio Amplifier / Intercom / Marker Beacon

A7 1 20-Apr-2001 9 9
Receiver, KMA 28 Bendix/King

VHF Communication/Navigation
A8 Transceivers, KX 155A and KX 165A 2 03-Oct-2001 9 9
Bendix/King

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 9-3

Revision 10
 Supplements DA 40 AFM

Airplane S/N: Registration: Date:

% Sup. Rev. Applicable

Title Date
No. No. YES NO
Automatic Direction Finder, KR 87
A9 2 17-Feb-2003 9 9
Bendix/King

Distance Measuring Equipment, KN 62A

A10 2 17-Feb-2003 9 9
Bendix/King

A11 Compass System, KCS 55A Bendix/King 4 15-Mar-2005 9 9

A12 Transponder, KT 76C Bendix/King 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9

A13 Autopilot System, KAP 140 Bendix/King 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9

GPS, KLN 94 (IFR Operation)

A14 3 15-Mar-2005 9 9
Bendix/King

GPS Annunciation Control Unit, MD 41

A15 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9
Mid-Continent

Multifunction Display / GPS KMD 150,

A16 0 20-Sep-2001 9 9
Bendix/King

A17 COM / NAV / GPS GNS 430, Garmin 3 22-Jun-2005 9 9

A18 Audio Panel, GMA 340, Garmin 2 22-Jun-2005 9 9

A19 Transponder, GTX 327, Garmin 1 15-Mar-2005 9 9

Course Deviation Indicator, GI 106A,

A20 1 15-Mar-2005 9 9
Garmin

A21 COM / NAV / GPS, GNS 530, Garmin 1 15-Mar-2002 9 9

A22 Strike Finder, SF 2000, Insight 0 10-Oct-2001 9 9

GPS Annunciation Unit, MD 41-

A23 1 20-Dec-2002 9 9
1488/1484, MID Continent

A24 Stormscope, WX-500, Goodrich 2 28-Feb-2003 9 9

Page 9-4 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10
 DA 40 AFM Supplements

Airplane S/N: Registration: Date:

% Sup. Rev. Applicable

Title Date
No. No. YES NO
A25 Audio Panel, GMA 340, Garmin, VFR 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9

COM / NAV / GPS, GNS 430, Garmin,

A26 0 02-Aug-2002 9 9
VFR

A27 Ground Com #2 Switch 0 05-Apr-2002 9 9

A29 Transponder, GTX 330, Garmin 0 25-Jun-2003 9 9

% A30 Garmin G1000 NXi Avionics System 0 10-Feb-2020 9 9

E1 Digital Chronometer, LC-2 AstroTech 1 20-Apr-2001 9 9

Attitude Indicator, AIM 1100-28L(0F) BF

E2 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9
Goodrich

Attitude Indicator, AIM 1100-28LK(0F)

E3 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9
DIA BF Goodrich

E4 Digital Chronometer, Model 803, Davtron 1 15-Mar-2005 9 9

E7 Ventilation Inlet Baffle 1 27-Apr-2005 9 9

% N023 Operation in Brazil - 04-Jul-2008 9 9

O1 Use of the DA 40 as Tow-Plane 1 28-Nov-2001 9 9

O2 Operation of the DA 40 with Winter Kit 0 26-Nov-2001 9 9

Emergency Locator Transmitter, Model

S1 2 15-Mar-2005 9 9
E-01, ACK

Emergency Locator Transmitter, JE2-NG,

S2 0 01-Jun-2001 9 9
Jolliet

S4 ELT Artex ME 406 ‘ACE’ 1 10-Apr-2007 9 9

Doc. # 6.01.01-E 18-Sep-2023 Page 9-5

Revision 10
 Supplements DA 40 AFM

% Intentionally left blank.

Page 9-6 18-Sep-2023 Doc. # 6.01.01-E

Revision 10